Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / Severfield

Severfield

sfr · LSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker sfr
Exchange LSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Severfield
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS  
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016   
STOCK CODE: SFR 
 WWW.SEVERFIELD.COM

H
T
W
O
R
G

BUILDING A SOLID 
PLATFORM FOR

STRENGTH

E
H
T

WITHIN ICONIC STRUCTURES

STRENGTH

E
H
T

WITHIN ICONIC STRUCTURES

SEVERFIELD IS THE UK’S  
MARKET-LEADING STRUCTURAL  
STEEL COMPANY, THE HOME OF  
WORLD-CLASS ENGINEERING AND DESIGN 
EXCELLENCE. FOR DECADES  
WE HAVE BEEN SHAPING SKYLINES  
AND DELIVERING THE MODERN  
BUILT ENVIRONMENT.

THE LARGEST STRUCTURAL 
STEEL BUSINESS IN THE UK 
AND ONE OF THE BIGGEST IN 
EUROPE, SEVERFIELD OPERATES 
ACROSS FOUR SITES PROVIDING 
UNRIVALLED CAPACITY AND 
CAPABILITY. 

WE ARE FOUNDED ON STRONG 
CORE VALUES, COMMITTED 
TO OUTSTANDING CUSTOMER 
SERVICE AND FOCUSED ON 
GROWTH AT HOME AND ABROAD.

TRANSPORT

N
O
I
T
A
T
S
E
G
D
R
B
N
O
D
N
O
L

I

LOCATION 

LONDON BRIDGE, LONDON

CLIENT 

NETWORK RAIL

MAIN CONTRACTOR 

COSTAIN

ENGINEER 

HYDER WSP

ARCHITECT 

GRIMSHAW

TONNAGE 

4,900

COMPLETION DATE 

DECEMBER 2017

The redevelopment of London Bridge Station is 
part of Network Rail’s £6bn Thameslink upgrade 
programme and is a four year programme. Fifteen 
platforms are being demolished progressively and 
rebuilt whilst keeping a significant number of lines 
open around the works.

The new canopies are highly architectural creating 
a flowing form along the platform. Due to the tight 
programme, complex geometry and site constraints, 
we have developed and manufactured a prefabricated 
station roof canopy system that includes steel 

framed cassette structure, roof cladding and electrical 
services. We partnered a cladding specialist (Prater) in the 
development and delivery of the construction methodology. 
The cassette system enabled the canopy structure to be 
erected quickly and gave immediate access to following 
trades. 

The series of platform handovers have been 
successfully completed, the latest being April 2016, 
and the works will continue through 2017.

 
 
 
STADIA AND 
LEISURE

LIVERPOOL FOOTBALL CLUB

MAIN CONTRACTOR 

ANFIELD, LIVERPOOL

CARILLION

I

CLIENT 

M LOCATION 
U
D
A
T
S
D
L
E
I
F
N
A

TONNAGE 

ENGINEER 

JULY 2016

JACOBS

4,800

KSS

ARCHITECT 

COMPLETION DATE 

The project involves the extension of the main 
stand at Anfield stadium making it one of the 
largest all seater single stands in European 
football and taking the overall stadium capacity 
to around 54,000.

 
Already visible from several points in the city, 
the expanded main stand extension has been 
constructed by Severfield behind and above 
the existing stand, which has remained open 
throughout the season. The main roof truss, 
weighing over 650 tonnes and spanning 150 metres, 
was lifted into position using two huge mobile 

cranes. On completion of the terrace, the secondary 
roof was erected using two crawler cranes in 
pre-assembled pairs. The new terrace structure 
provides 26,000 square metres of additional space 
over seven levels at the ground which will be used 
for corporate hospitality, retail, and club facilities.

COMMERCIAL 
OFFICES

T
R
U
O
C
L
E
G
N
A
E
N
O

LOCATION 

BANK, LONDON

CLIENT 

STANHOPE

MAIN CONTRACTOR 

MACE

ENGINEER 

WATERMAN

ARCHITECT 

FLETCHER PRIEST

TONNAGE 

4,400

COMPLETION DATE 

SEPTEMBER 2016

Angel Court is a new 300,000 square foot office 
building and 16,000 square foot restaurant 
accommodation space located in the centre of 
London. The project involves replacing all but the 
core of a 25-storey 1970s tower in the Bank of 
England conservation area.

 
 
The project required approximately 4,400 tonnes of 
structural steelwork, constructed around existing 
buildings in central London, to form the new tower 
structure with north and south podium structures. 
The steel was unloaded on-site using the Group’s 
‘Seversafe’ offload system. Project works included 
off-site concrete encasement of the steelwork 

perimeter elevations to the north and south podium 
and the production of a modular fabrication and 
erection scheme for the tower roof steelwork to 
reduce on-site construction time and facilitate 
access for following trades at an early date.

The Group also supplied metal decking, ‘Seversafe’ 
edge protection and ‘Seversafe’ moveable perimeter 
fans for the project.

DHL

CLIENT 

CASTLE DONNINGTON,  
EAST MIDLANDS

INDUSTRIAL & 
DISTRIBUTION
N LOCATION 
O
I
S
N
E
T
X
E
L
H
D

MAIN CONTRACTOR 

COMPLETION DATE 

ARCHITECT 

ENGINEER 

TONNAGE 

BARTON WILMORE/RPS

SEVERFIELD (UK)/RPS

GSE GROUP

JUNE 2016

3,000

Located at East Midlands Airport, the project 
has been separated into two main areas, a new 
warehouse building and the refurbishment of an 
existing depot.

The new warehouse building consists of 24 bays 
of portal frames, including mezzanine floor steel 
with open-type flooring. 

 
In addition, Severfield built a 3-storey office facility 
that runs the full length of the warehouse, together 
with a customer service building that incorporated 
significant architectural features. For the 
refurbishment, the Group supplied a new mezzanine 
steel floor and adapted the existing structure to 
create a new parcel handling facility.

Altogether, the project required the fabrication and 
delivery of 3,000 tonnes of steelwork. Severfield 
also provided the design for this project, including 
connection design.

COMMERCIAL 
OFFICES

I

A
R
O
T
C
I
V
A
V
O
N

LOCATION 

VICTORIA, LONDON

CLIENT 

LAND SECURITIES

MAIN CONTRACTOR 

MACE

ENGINEER 

ROBERT BIRD GROUP

ARCHITECT 

PLP ARCHITECTS

TONNAGE 

7,100

COMPLETION DATE 

DECEMBER 2015

This mixed use development is providing around 
900,000 square feet of office space, modern 
apartments, restaurants, bars and retail facilities.

For the project, Severfield provided the 
connection design, fabrication and construction 
of just over 7,000 tonnes of structural steel 
which was unloaded on-site using the Group’s 
‘Seversafe’ offload system.

 
Other services and fixtures included the metal 
decking, ‘Seversafe’ edge protection, stairs and 
open mesh flooring. We also supplied and installed 
plunge columns for the sub-structure and 
basement areas.

COMMERCIAL 
OFFICES

E
R
A
U
Q
S
T
E
E
R
T
S
W
E
N

LOCATION 

FARRINGDON, LONDON

CLIENT 

LAND SECURITIES

MAIN CONTRACTOR 

SKANSKA

ENGINEER 

WATERMAN

ARCHITECT 

ROBERT PARTINGTON AND 
PARTNERS

TONNAGE 

3,600

COMPLETION DATE 

FEBRUARY 2016

Located near Farringdon station in London, 
One New Street Square is a new commercial 
development which provides 275,000 square feet 
of office and ancillary space over ground, upper 
ground and 14 office floors.

 
 
For the project Severfield provided connection 
design, fabrication and construction of 3,600 tonnes 
of structural steel. Other services and fixtures 
included metal decking, shear studs and ‘off-site’ 
fire protection. ‘Seversafe’ edge and fan protection 
systems were deployed around the whole perimeter 
of the building. The Group also provided a complex 
ground floor temporary works support system.

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Overview

WELCOME TO OUR  
2015/16 ANNUAL REPORT

SEVERFIELD PLC 
IS THE LARGEST 
SPECIALIST 
STRUCTURAL 
STEELWORK GROUP 
IN THE UK,  
WITH A GROWING PRESENCE IN 
INDIA AND A REPUTATION FOR 
PERFORMANCE AND VALUE.  
OUR VISION IS TO BE RECOGNISED 
AS WORLD-CLASS LEADERS IN 
STRUCTURAL STEEL, KNOWN FOR 
OUR ABILITY TO DELIVER ANY 
PROJECT TO THE HIGHEST POSSIBLE 
STANDARDS.

Investor website
We maintain a corporate website at  
www.severfield.com containing a wide range 
of information of interest to institutional and 
private investors including:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Latest news and press releases

(cid:228)(cid:3) Annual reports and investor presentations

Getting around the report

This icon signposts the reader to  
other sections in this report 

Find out more information on our 
website www.severfield.com

MARKET LEADING 
UK POSITION  
— well positioned 
to grow across 
a wide range of 
construction sectors.

STRONG BALANCE 
SHEET 

— provides  
operational and 
financial flexibility.

OPERATIONAL 
IMPROVEMENT 
PROGRAMME 

— generating steady 
margin improvement.

FIVE  
REASONS  
TO INVEST

UNRIVALLED 
EXPERIENCE 

and capability in 
design, fabrication  
and construction of 
steel structures.

ESTABLISHED 
FOOTHOLD IN  
THE DEVELOPING 
INDIAN MARKET 

— building value 
through the joint 
venture business.

View this annual report online: 
severfield.annualreport2016.com

01

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

CONTENTS

13

Strategic report

57

Our governance

91

Our financials

138

Shareholder 
information

02

Our business and strategy
Our business model

How sustainability supports our business model

Marketplace

Market sectors

Our strategy

Key performance indicators

Operating review

Financial review

Building a sustainable business

Risk management

Our governance
Board of directors

Executive committee

Chairman’s letter

Corporate governance report

Audit committee report

Nominations committee report

Directors’ report 

Directors’ remuneration report

  — Letter from the committee chairman

  — Policy

  — Implementation

Directors’ responsibilities statement

Our financials — Group
Independent auditor’s report

Consolidated income statement

14

16

18

20

22

28

30

36

42

48

58

60

62

63

67

70

71

74

76

81

89

92

95

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 96

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated cash flow statement

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Five year summary

Financial calendar

Our financials — Company
Company balance sheet

Company statement of changes in equity

Notes to the Company financial statements

Shareholder information
Addresses and advisers

97

98

99

100

130

130

131

132

133

138

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Overview

CONTENTS

O
V
E
R
V
I
E
W

03

Overview
Severfield snapshot

Highlights

Chairman’s introduction

Our locations

04

06

08

10

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

SEVERFIELD SNAPSHOT

E OUR VISION

E
W
T
A
H
W

B
O
T

T
N
A
W

S
E
N
I
F
E
D
T
A
H
W

S
U

O
D
E
W
T
A
H
W

T
C
A
P
M

I

E
W
W
O
H

Y
T
E
I

C
O
S
N
O

Our vision is to be recognised as world-class leaders in structural steel, known for our ability to deliver any 
project to the highest possible standards.

OUR VALUES
Safety
There’s a reason it’s known as ‘safety first’. We make no 
apologies for the fact that profit and loss, deadlines 
and headlines all come second to making sure everyone 
goes home safely every day.

Customer focus
Our clients are paramount in all that we do. We are 
here to understand their requirements and meet their 
aspirations. Together we will deliver projects of which 
we can all be proud.

OUR BUSINESS MODEL
We manage every aspect of the fabrication and construction process, 
from initial scheme design, through detailing, specification and 
manufacture to the eventual handover to our clients of a quality 
product on-site.

See more in our business 
model on page 14

Design

Fabricate

Construct

RESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS
There are four main areas where our business model impacts on society and 
where we have responsibilities that extend beyond financial performance:

Read more on building a 
sustainable business  
on page 42

SAFETY, HEALTH AND 
ENVIRONMENT

SUSTAINABILITY

PEOPLE

COMMUNITIES

ITIT
WHERE WE DO IT
DDOO
WE WE 
RE WRE W
WWHHERER
OUR GROUP
UPUP
RROO
R GR G
OOUU

See more in our locations 
on page 10

EE
WHO WE SERVE
RVERVE
SSEE
WEWE
WWHHOO
MARKETS
SS
ETET
RKRK
MAMA

SEVERFIELD (UK)
Dalton, North Yorkshire and 
Lostock, Lancashire

SEVERFIELD  
(DESIGN & BUILD)
Sherburn, North Yorkshire

SEVERFIELD (NI)
Enniskillen,  
Co. Fermanagh

JSW SEVERFIELD 
STRUCTURES
Mumbai, India

Our state-of-the-art facilities provide steel structures which 
serve people every day, whether for work, leisure or travel, or to 
provide essential services, including power and energy, health 
and education. We have extensive experience in multiple market 
sectors, which supports the business through changes in spending 
patterns and fluctuations in macroeconomic conditions. 

Read more on our 
marketplace on page 18

04

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Overview / Severfield snapshot

OUR MISSION
As ambitious, innovative leaders in a demanding and ever developing industry, we will use our collective 
strengths and resources to build the capacity required to deliver the structures of the future.

T
E
S

E
W
T
A
H
W

E
V
E
I
H
C
A
O
T

T
U
O

Integrity
We operate in a complex and challenging industry, one 
that often requires innovative thinking and a flexible 
approach to deliver successful outcomes. The one thing 
we’ll never compromise on, is our integrity, which ensures 
we’re able to maintain the exceptionally high standards 
we set for ourselves.

Commitment
We may move with the times, but our long and rich history 
means that we have a few old-fashioned beliefs. One 
of those beliefs is that you stand by your word. When 
Severfield say we’ll deliver, whatever challenges lie 
ahead, you can depend on us to deliver, and to the highest 
possible standards.

L
L
I
W
E
W
W
O
H

R
U
O
E
V
E
I
H
C
A

N
O

I

S

I
V

E
R
U
S
A
E
M
E
W
W
O
H

S
S
E
C
C
U
S

N
R
E
V
O
G

E
W
W
O
H

S
E
V
L
E
S
R
U
O

GYGY
OUR STRATEGY
ATEGATEG
TRATRA
R R SSTT
OOOOURUR
for  ontont uedued grogrowth.wth.
The core of our strategy revolves around continuing to build a solid platform for continued growth.
raterate
ur sur s
 of 
 of 
coco
ThTh

coco tinutinu ng tng t bubu d a d a  olidolid platplat ormorm for 

volvvolv

ounoun

gy rgy r

s as a

meme
TT
There are five elements to our strategy:

e ee e

strstr

ouou

e fe f

ts ts 

egeg

rere

Read more about  our 
strategy on page 22

GROWTH

OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE

CLIENTS

INDIA

PEOPLE

See our KPIs  
on page 28

OOOOURURR KR KPPIIss
OUR KPIs
We use a combination of financial and non-
financial key performance indicators (‘KPIs’) 
to measure our progress in delivering our 
strategic priorities:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Underlying operating profit/margin 

£13.7m/5.7%

(cid:228)(cid:3) Underlying basic earnings per share 3.67p
(cid:228)(cid:3) Revenue growth 19%
(cid:228)(cid:3) Operating cash conversion 145%
(cid:228)(cid:3) Return on capital employed (‘ROCE’) 9.7%
(cid:228)(cid:3) UK order book £270m
(cid:228)(cid:3) Accident frequency rate (‘AFR’) 0.25

E
G
A
N
A
M
E
W
W
O
H

S
T
A
E
R
H
T

Read more about risk 
management on page 48

OOOOURURR RR RISISKKKKSS
OUR RISKS
Risk management is at the heart of how the 
business is run and supports the Group’s 
strategic objectives. We have identified eight 
principal risks and uncertainties which have 
the potential to impact the Group’s business 
model and strategy:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Tendering and 

project execution
Indian joint venture

(cid:228)(cid:3)
(cid:228)(cid:3) Commercial 
and market 
environment
(cid:228)(cid:3) Health and safety

(cid:228)(cid:3) Supply chain
Information 
(cid:228)(cid:3)
technology 
resilience

(cid:228)(cid:3) People
(cid:228)(cid:3)

Industrial relations

OOUUR GR GOVOVERNERNNANNANNCENCEEE
OUR GOVERNANCE
We are committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance and ensuring that values and 
behaviours are consistent across our businesses. We encourage open and honest discussion and constructive 
challenge across the Group to ensure that best practice is maintained. This culture is integral to our business 
model  and strategy and for the benefit of our shareholders. Our KPIs for profitability, AFR and cash flow 
generation are linked to our performance share plan and annual incentive arrangements to ensure that the 
remuneration of our directors is aligned with our strategic priorities.

See more on governance on 
page 63

05

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

HIGHLIGHTS

FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL

Revenue

£231.3m

Underlying* profit before tax

£239.4m

£13.2m

£201.5m

£8.3m

£4.0m

2016

Underlying* operating margin 
(before JVs and associates)

5.7     %

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

Profit after tax

Underlying* basic earnings  
per share

2015: 4.5%
2014: 3.3%

Net funds

3.67p

£18.7m

£8.6m

2.31p

£0.1m

0.88p

2014

2015

2016

(£2.6m)

£6.4m

£0.3m

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

(cid:228)(cid:3) Revenue up 19 per cent to £239.4m (2015: £201.5m)

(cid:228)(cid:3) Underlying* profit before tax up 59 per cent to £13.2m (2015: £8.3m)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

Improvement in UK underlying* operating margin (before JVs and associates) year-on-year to 5.7 per cent (2015: 4.5 per cent), 
in line with stated targets

(cid:228)(cid:3) Continued focus on tendering and operational processes, reflected in increased margin

(cid:228)(cid:3) Excellent cash performance with operating cash conversion of 145 per cent (2015: 107 per cent), resulting in year-end net funds of 

£18.7m (2015: £6.4m)

(cid:228)(cid:3) Share of losses from Indian joint venture of £0.3m (2015: £0.2m) reflecting stability of the business

(cid:228)(cid:3) Proposed final dividend of 1.0p per share, resulting in annual dividend of 1.5p per share, reflecting current performance and 

confidence in future prospects

06

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Overview  / Highlights

UK order book

£270m

£194m

£185m

Accident frequency rate  
(UK only)
0.57

0.44

0.33

JUNE
2015

NOV
2015

JUNE
2016

2014

2015

2016

(cid:228)(cid:3) Over 120 projects undertaken during the year in key market sectors:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Core construction: office developments, stadia, warehouses and 

distribution centres; and

(cid:228)(cid:3) Core infrastructure: transport

(cid:228)(cid:3) UK order book of £270m at 1 June 2016 (1 November 2015: £185m), 

its highest position for over six years

(cid:228)(cid:3)

India order book of £33m at 1 June 2016 (1 November 2015: £35m)

(cid:228)(cid:3) Successful completion of a 50 per cent investment in Composite 
Metal Flooring Limited (‘CMF’), a manufacturer of metal decking

(cid:228)(cid:3) Group’s UK AFR of 0.44, higher than 0.33 in 2015, but better than 
0.57 achieved two years ago, reflecting the benefit of many of the 
improvements embedded over that period.

* Underlying results are stated before non-underlying items of £3.5m
*  Underlying results are stated before non-underlying items of £3.5m  

(2015: £8.5m):
(2015: £8.5m):

(cid:228) Amortisation of acquired intangible assets – £2.6m (2015: £2.6m)
(cid:228)(cid:3) Amortisation of acquired intangible assets – £2.6m (2015: £2.6m)

(cid:228) Fair value of derivative financial instruments – loss of £0.9m (2015: profit of
(cid:228)(cid:3) Fair value of derivative financial instruments – loss of £0.9m (2015: profit of 

£0.1m)
£0.1m)

(cid:228) Contract remedial costs – £nil (2015: £6.0m)
(cid:228)(cid:3) Contract remedial costs – £nil (2015: £6.0m)

(cid:228)(cid:3) The associated tax impact of the above, together with the impact of a 
(cid:228)
The associated tax impact of the above, together with the impact of a
reduction in future corporation tax rates on deferred tax liabilities – £1.2m
reduction in future corporation tax rates on deferred tax liabilities – £1.2m 
(2015: £1.8m)
(2015: £1.8m)

07

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

CHAIRMAN’S INTRODUCTION

John Dodds
Chairman

OUR ORDER BOOK 
IS AT ITS HIGHEST 
LEVEL FOR OVER  
SIX YEARS.”

2015/16 has been a year of significant 
progress for the Group. We have seen 
a return to revenue growth, with a 19 
per cent increase to £239.4m. We have 
achieved a further improvement in 
underlying operating margin from 4.5 per 
cent in the prior year to 5.7 per cent, and 
have continued to strengthen our cash 
position. The Group’s 2015/16 underlying 
operating margin achieves the strategic 
target of 5 to 6 per cent established in 
2012/13 at the time of the rights issue. 
This reflects the ongoing benefits of 
the Group’s operational improvement 
programme, which has impacted all 
aspects of our tendering and execution 
processes. Importantly, we are continuing 
to win new business across our core 
markets and are encouraged by our 
strong UK order book of £270m. This is the 
highest order book level for over six years 
providing good visibility for future growth.

Underlying profit before tax increased by 
59 per cent to £13.2m from £8.3m in the 
previous year, the result of both a strong 
performance in the UK and a stable year-
on-year performance from our Indian joint 
venture.

Read the operating review on  
page 30

The financial position of the Group 
remains very strong. Year-end net funds 
were £18.7m, an increase of £12.3m over 
2014/15, a result of our excellent recent 
record of converting profits into cash 
(operating cash conversion was 145 per 
cent). This underlying cash generation 
has enabled further capital and strategic 
investment in 2015/16, in line with our 
objectives.

Dividends
The board is proposing a final dividend 
of 1.0p per share (2015: 0.5p per share), 
taking the full-year dividend to 1.5p per 
share (2015: 0.5p per share). This reflects 
the board’s continued commitment to a 
progressive dividend policy, the improved 
results for the year and our confidence 
in the Group’s future growth and cash 
generation prospects. We have refined 
our dividend policy to establish clear 
priorities for the use of capital which will 
provide additional clarity for the Group’s 
stakeholders.

Read the financial review on  
page 36

People
Our employees continue to make a 
significant contribution to the success 
of the business. On behalf of the board, 
I would like to thank them for their hard 
work and commitment. We recognise that 
the continued investment in our people is 
critical for future success. Accordingly, we 
have introduced initiatives which focus on 
talent management, staff and leadership 
development, and training to ensure 
that we develop and retain our existing 
employees and attract the right talent as 
the business grows.

The health and safety for our people 
remains a priority for the board. The 
Group’s AFR for the year, which includes 
our Indian joint venture, was 0.25. This 
includes an AFR of 0.44 for our UK 
operations which, whilst not as good as 
the 0.33 achieved in 2014/15, is better 
than the score of 0.57 achieved two years 
ago. New initiatives have already been 
implemented with more planned for 
2016/17. Our Group-wide behavioural 
safety programme is aimed at achieving 
a significant and lasting benefit on the 
safety culture of the Group.

Read more about building a 
sustainable business  on page 42

08

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Overview  / Chairman’s introduction

£13.2m

2015: £8.3m

Underlying profit before tax

£270m

November 2015: £185m

Order book

145%

2015: 107%

Operating cash conversion

2015/16 HAS BEEN ANOTHER YEAR OF GOOD 
PROGRESS AGAINST OUR STRATEGIC PRIORITIES. 
WE HAVE RETURNED TO REVENUE GROWTH, 
INCREASED OUR UNDERLYING PRE-TAX PROFITS BY 
ALMOST 60 PER CENT AND CONTINUED TO INVEST 
IN THE BUSINESS, THEREBY ESTABLISHING A FIRM 
PLATFORM FOR FURTHER PROGRESS IN 2016/17.

Strategy
We have made good progress against our 
strategic priorities during the year. We 
have seen a return to revenue growth, 
continued margin improvement and 
further investment in our facilities and 
people. Following the achievement of our 
2015/16 operating margin target, we have 
now set a new target which is to double 
our underlying profit before tax over the 
next four years.

During the year we strengthened our 
supply chain by taking a 50 per cent 
investment in Composite Metal Flooring 
Limited (‘CMF’), a manufacturer of metal 
decking. Following this investment, all 
of our metal decking requirements are 
supplied by CMF. After the recruitment 
in 2014/15 of the legacy Mabey Bridge 
infrastructure team, we have continued 
to develop our bridge business, further 
improving our capability in the growing 
bridge and infrastructure markets.

Read more about our strategy on 
page 22

Governance
The board remains committed to 
the highest standards of corporate 
governance. During the year, the board 
and audit committee were involved in 
continuing consideration of, and work 
related to, risk appetite, the monitoring 
and disclosure of risk and the new viability 
statement following the revisions in 2014 
to the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Read our corporate governance 
report on page 63

Outlook
We have continued to make excellent 
progress on the delivery of our strategic 
objectives during the year. The Group’s 
order book is currently at its highest 
level for over six years, our operating 
cash flow is strong and we are achieving 
continued success from our operational 
improvement programme. All of this 
positions us well to make further progress 
in 2016/17.

John Dodds 
Non-executive chairman 
15 June 2016

09

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

OUR LOCATIONS

THE GROUP OPERATES ACROSS FOUR SITES PROVIDING UNRIVALLED CAPACITY 
AND CAPABILITY.  WE ALSO HAVE AN OPERATION IN INDIA, WHICH FORMS PART 
OF OUR INTERNATIONAL GROWTH PLANS. WE CAN FACILITATE THE PRODUCTION 
OF A WIDE RANGE OF STEELWORK PACKAGES, FROM PROJECTS REQUIRING 
ADDED VALUE ENGINEERING CONTENT TO BASIC STRUCTURAL WORK.

Severfield (NI) Limited
Severfield’s base in Northern Ireland has a strong 
reputation for delivering quality constructional steel 
products in the UK and Irish structural steel market. It has 
a 60 year association with the steelwork industry through 
its background as Fisher Engineering and has contributed 
to such notable projects as South Bank Tower in London, 
Dundrum Shopping Centre in Dublin and Belfast’s Odyssey 
Arena and Titanic Signature Building.

The facility provides full-service capabilities and is 
equipped with the latest state-of-the-art manufacturing 
processes. The company’s highly skilled workforce includes 
a directly employed site construction team.

Capacity:25,000
,

 tonnes per year
Number of employees:

c.300

Severfield (UK) Limited
The company combines high-volume structural steel production with specialist design and engineering expertise to deliver a complete service 
to clients from project concept to completion. It has the most extensive product range and capability in the industry and its own highly skilled 
site construction teams. The company’s clients include contractors (Brookfield, BAM, Laing O’Rourke, Sir Robert McAlpine, MACE, Morgan 
Sindall, Skanska and Balfour Beatty), and developers (Stanhope, Hammerson, British Land, Land Securities and Grosvenor). The company has 
also developed structures for project owners such as Network Rail, BAA and Sellafield.

Capacity:75,000
,

 tonnes per year
Number of employees:

c.450
Capacity:25,000
,

 tonnes per year
Number of employees:

c.300

10

Dalton, North Yorkshire
This facility boasts 10 state-of-the-art production lines (including the use of 
FABSEC® and FIREBEAM® technology) where modern manufacturing and painting 
processes are undertaken in a controlled environment. The streamlined, high-
volume and efficient nature of this facility is geared for strong repeat business in the 
structures market.

Lostock, Lancashire
This is one of the UK’s largest structural steelwork sites, with a history dating back to 
1933. The facility is internationally respected for its advanced design and engineering 
skills, having had a hand in many iconic and unique constructions. It can also take 
on more difficult or complex work with the capability of operating in ‘challenging’ 
environments such as live railways, airports, public places and city centres.

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Overview  / Our locations

See more on our performance 
in the operating review on 
page 30

Severfield (Design & Build) Limited
The company, located in Sherburn, near Scarborough, is 
the principal design and build steelwork contractor for 
distribution warehouses and low-rise structures in the UK.

The company designs, fabricates and constructs structural 
steelwork and portal frames principally for the warehouse, 
distribution and industrial sectors. It also operates a 
specialist steel stair and metalwork division and applies 
its expertise in the commercial, residential, health and 
education sectors.

Capacity:25,000
,

 tonnes per year
Number of employees:

c.250

JSW Severfield Structures Limited

MUMBAI — Head office

BELLARY — Production plant

BANGALORE — Sales representation

DELHI — Sales representation

Capacity:60,000
,

 tonnes per year

Number of employees:

c.600

The company, a joint venture with JSW Steel (India’s largest 
steel producer), which is situated in the district of Bellary, 
Karnataka, India, is involved in the design, fabrication and 
construction of structural steelwork to principally service the 
growing Indian market. Successes to date include prestigious 
projects for companies such as Reliance Industries, ITC, 
NetApp, Siemens, Doosan, L&T, Indiabulls, Prestige, P&G, 
Michelin and OPG Power.

Its state-of-the-art facility consists of two fabrication lines, 
a plate (INDISEC®) line, a smaller welded beam line, a bit 
shop and a bay to provide bespoke off-line heavy fabrication, 
tubular products, specialised multi-coat painting and further 
bogey line fabrication. Off-line facilities are available to 
manufacture hand-railing, stairs and other ancillary products.

The facility has been designed to optimise product range, 
quality and productivity, and incorporates cutting-edge 
technology and processing equipment.

11

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

12

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report

CONTENTS

Strategic report

Our business and strategy
Our business model

How sustainability supports our business model

Marketplace

Market sectors

Our strategy

Key performance indicators

Operating review

Financial review

Building a sustainable business

Risk management

14

16

18

20

22

28

30

36

42

48

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

13

 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

OUR CUSTOMERS

Clients serviced by the Group cover 
a broad range of disciplines from 
contractors and developers, to engineers 
and architects.

WHY THEY WORK WITH US

The Group’s competitive advantage derives from our scale, 
client focus, flexibility, experience, cost base, productivity, 
supply chain strengths and integrated approach from design 
to construction.

OUR SERVICES

We manage every aspect of the fabrication and construction process, from initial scheme design, through detailing, specification  
and manufacture to the eventual handover to our clients of a quality product on-site.

Design

Fabricate

The design process offers our clients innovative concepts 
and solutions. We are able to offer ‘value engineering’ 
through the close guidance of our consulting engineers at 
the concept of the project and with the assistance of the 
latest state-of-the-art computer software for 2-D and 3-D 
building information modelling (‘BIM’), analysis and design.

Our advice on material choices, fabrication, fire protection, 
surface treatment and construction techniques can often 
lead to significant project savings and efficiencies.

Our engineers are also involved in temporary works to suit 
site construction and buildability issues. Working closely 
with the Group’s in-house construction team, we ensure the 
most efficient and safest solutions for our clients’ needs. 
This expertise is essential for high-rise towers and other 
complex structures undertaken by the Group.

The Group’s fabrication facilities include expansive stockyard 
areas and in-line cutting, fabrication, welding and painting 
and some of the largest finished goods and subassembly 
areas in the industry.

Operational investment has been significant and continuous 
over the years, with many innovative features being developed 
and incorporated. Modern, state-of-the-art processing 
equipment has been employed with full consideration 
for design, supporting layout, logistics, integration and 
construction. Our equipment is fed with numerical control data 
which optimises output and minimises waste and errors.

The FABSEC® production line at Dalton is a fully self-contained 
production facility. The process provides the structural steelwork 
sector with a full range of highly efficient plated sections, optimal 
section profiles and shop-applied intumescent coatings.

RESOURCES

PARTNERS

The Group can offer great choice, value and flexibility 
thanks to our national network of factories and the 
technical expertise of our people. The Group is equipped 
with the latest state-of-the-art manufacturing and 
painting processes and has a highly skilled workforce of 
over 1,300 staff including an in-house construction team. 
We have the design, experience and engineering skills to 
serve a diverse range of market sectors. The dedication, 
expertise and experience of our workforce ensure that 
we offer more skills and variety than any other UK steel 
contractor.

The Group spends a high percentage of its operating 
costs on goods and subcontractor services. Careful 
management of the supply chain is essential to drive 
efficiency and suppliers are monitored to ensure that 
maximum benefits are delivered to clients and the Group. 
We engage with clients and the supply chain wherever 
we operate and long-term relationships are forged with 
partners who meet our commitment to quality and 
sustainability. 

14

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Our business model

SEVERFIELD PLC IS THE UK’S MARKET-LEADING STRUCTURAL STEEL GROUP, 
SERVING THE CONSTRUCTION AND INFRASTRUCTURE MARKETS.

£

SUSTAINABLE INVESTMENT

We are continually investing in our business 
in order to preserve our ability to generate 
value in the short, medium and long term.

Read more on how sustainability supports 
our business model on page 16

Construct

The Group has its own highly trained construction 
workforce which provides services for all of its construction 
requirements. Working closely with the project management 
team, they are leaders in steel construction and utilise the 
latest equipment on-site. The Group is an industry leader in 
construction methodology.

The Group also has a large and highly experienced contract 
management team. Each contract manager is the single 
point of contact with each client and is supported by all 
resources within the Group. Our contract managers engage 
with our clients and the supply chain to ensure optimum 
communication and performance in all aspects of the project, 
including site construction and administration.

HEALTH AND SAFETY FOCUS

The well-being and safety of our employees, clients, 
suppliers and subcontractors are paramount and directly 
impact on the commercial viability of our business.  
The directors, through the implementation of our safety, 
health and environmental philosophy, encourage each 
employee and subcontractor to strive constantly to adopt 
the best safety, health and environmental practices.

See more on how sustainability supports our 
business model on page 16

VALUE GENERATION

The Group’s operational improvement programme, 
the objective of which is to improve risk assessment 
and operational and contract management 
processes, is central to the generation of value.

Our activities generate the following types  
of value:

Financial
All of the Group’s revenue and profits are 
generated from the design, fabrication and 
construction of structural steelwork and its 
related activities.

Our state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities 
have been established to generate profit and 
surplus cash flow. Steel purchases are only 
made for secured contracts in order to maximise 
working capital positions. Good cash generation 
and balance sheet management provide a solid 
foundation for the Group.

Close management of our contracts and cost base 
is critical to our success, particularly in winning 
new contracts, reinvesting in our business and 
seeking further opportunities for growth.

Customer
We approach every project, from the highly 
technical to basic structural work, with the same 
level of safety, professionalism, commitment, 
care and customer service.

Employee
We are committed to matters of health and safety, 
sustainability, ethics and staff engagement. We 
ensure our employees are trained so they are skilled 
and qualified for their occupation and therefore can 
contribute to performance.

Society
We are committed to minimising our impact on the 
national environment and local communities, as 
well as maintaining sustainable practices in all our 
disciplines.

15

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

HOW SUSTAINABILITY SUPPORTS  
OUR BUSINESS MODEL

SUSTAINABILITY UNDERPINS OUR MODEL, FROM ENSURING THE HEALTH  
AND SAFETY OF OUR EMPLOYEES, CLIENTS, SUPPLIERS AND  
SUBCONTRACTORS, TO MINIMISING OUR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT.

Design

Fabricate

Construct

Sustainability
We are committed to minimising the environmental impact of 
our business through sustainable practices and continuous 
improvement of our environmental performance. Significant 
progress has already been made in areas such as carbon 
management, transport policy and strategy, renewable energy 
and the responsible sourcing of materials.

We have achieved the Carbon Trust Standard for reducing CO2 
emissions year-on-year and were the first steel fabrication 
contractor to gain the BREEAM BES 6001 best practice 
standard for the responsible sourcing of materials. We have 
also successfully gained the Gold Membership Standard 
of the Steel Construction Sustainability Charter. This is a 
milestone achievement recognising our sustainability policies, 
community engagement, energy and environmental policies, 
and wider corporate social responsibility (‘CSR’) practices.

Our continued investment in technology will ensure the future 
growth of the business. Our increasing cash resources will 
enable us to invest wherever required in order to continue 
driving efficiency and improvements in service, adding value 
for our customers.

See more on sustainability in building a sustainable 
business on page 42

Health and safety
A principal aim of the board is to ensure, through example and 
encouragement, that we behave ethically and responsibly, 
particularly in the fields of health, safety and environmental 
management.

The values below support our health and safety policy and 
establish the areas that are essential to achieving our main 
goal, namely to ensure that all employees can enjoy a safe 
working environment, with no exceptions.

Leadership — people at all levels have responsibility for their 
own health and safety and should set an example for others. 
Our management is accountable for health and safety and will 
demonstrate leadership through personal example.

Hazards, risks and control measures — we will identify the 
hazards and risks associated with our business activities 
and introduce appropriate control measures to challenge 
them in the changing environment and aim for continuous 
improvement.

Health and well-being — we will promote and improve the 
health and well-being of all Group employees.

Incident analysis and prevention — we will ensure work-
related accidents and near-misses are reported, investigated 
and analysed to prevent reoccurrence. The investigations will 
focus on root cause and recommendations shared across the 
business.

Safety in design — our designers and construction 
management teams will focus on the design aspect of the 
structure in order to construct the structure safely and more 
efficiently.

Monitoring, audit and review — we will conduct regular 
internal audits on our management systems in order to 
achieve our objectives and targets to drive the health and 
safety culture of our business forward.

See more on health and safety in building a 
sustainable business on page 42

16

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / How sustainability supports our business model

Quality and accreditations
Quality assurance is a fundamental feature across all of our 
operations. The Group is committed to providing our clients 
with the best possible service and protecting our workforce 
wherever we operate. By gaining the necessary certification 
through recognised bodies, we provide the reassurance 
that we are properly trained and qualified to carry out our 
contractual and partnership obligations.

Quality systems (including welding quality systems) approved 
by the British Constructional Steelwork Association (‘BCSA’), 
Steel Construction Certification Scheme (‘SCCS’) and 
The Welding Institute (‘TWI’), operate to ensure customer 
requirements are recognised and delivered. Registration under 
the Qualified Steelwork Contractors Scheme provides extra 
confidence to customers.

The CE mark is a claim that a particular construction product 
can be used within the European Union and is based on the 
principle that the product is ‘fit for purpose’. All of the Group’s 
manufacturing facilities are CE marking compliant and have 
been independently assessed to meet the requirements of 
Execution Class 4. Accordingly, our clients can be assured that 
their steelwork is in compliance with the latest Europe-wide 
legislation and is manufactured to a level of quality that is 
second to none.

Innovation
Innovation plays an important role in winning work, building 
long-term relationships and creating additional value for our 
stakeholders. The Group’s continued expertise in creating 
innovative solutions at a project level enables our clients to 
realise their architectural visions.

FABSEC®, which is utilised in our Dalton facility, is the 
unrivalled market leader in the design, fabrication and supply 
of long span cellular and bespoke plated beams. It is a joint 
venture of four major UK companies at the forefront of the UK 
construction industry, including the Group. FABSEC® beams 
and FBEAM® software are used on a variety of prestigious 
construction projects across the UK.

The Group has also developed a unique safety handrail 
solution (Seversafe®) and a tool-tethering system to help 
us maintain our high standards of health and safety and to 
minimise the risk of incidents on our sites.

See more on our strategy  
on page 22

17

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

MARKETPLACE

THE GROUP’S STRATEGIC FOCUS IS TO INCREASE ITS UK MARKET SHARE  
FROM CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, TO ENTER NEW MARKET SECTORS AND  
TO WIDEN OUR GEOGRAPHICAL SPREAD INTO EUROPE AND BEYOND.

Group production:

85,000

tonnes

Group potential capacity: 

150,000

tonnes

Total UK production of structural 
steelwork: 

937,000

tonnes

Marketplace
The current available capacity for the 
structural steel industry in the UK, 
estimated by the British Constructional 
Steel Association (‘BCSA’), is between 
1.1 million and 1.3 million tonnes. 
This compares to UK structural steel 
production for calendar year 2015 of 
937,000 tonnes, which equates to a total 
value of approximately £1.7 billion.

The Group’s potential production 
capability is approximately 150,000 
tonnes, which represents 12 per cent to  
14 per cent of the current estimated 

capacity of the UK market. Its current 
share of the market is approximately 
85,000 tonnes (2014: 75,000 tonnes), 
resulting in a total UK market share for 
2015 of c.9 per cent (2014: c.8 per cent).

The increase in the Group’s market share 
during the year mainly reflects a growing 
order book and an improved UK market 
position. The increase in market share 
has been achieved notwithstanding 
our continued ability to decline work 
where the pricing is not considered 
economic, where terms and conditions 
are unacceptable to us or where there is 
insufficient allowance for risk. 

Our sectors
The market sectors targeted by the Group, and their estimated size in tonnes during 
2015, are shown below:

21,000
2%

42,000
4%

90,000
10%

34,000
4%

50,000
5%

Industrial and distribution

Infrastructure (including bridges)

Stadia and leisure

Health and education

Commercial offices

Power and energy

Retail

Other

Exports

18

98,000
11%

TOTAL MARKET 
TONNAGE (2015)
937,000 
TONNES

410,000
44%

125,000
13%

67,000
7%

Source: BCSA

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Marketplace

Outlook
Market conditions continued to improve during the 
year but pricing generally remains competitive. This 
notwithstanding, there are continuing signs that 
clients are now looking beyond price and focusing 
on quality of service and project delivery, which are 
areas of strength for the Group.

In 2016, the overall construction market, which 
consists of three sectors (housing, non-residential, 
and repairs and maintenance), is estimated to 
grow by 2.0 per cent on the previous year. The 
Group principally operates across the industrial, 
commercial and infrastructure markets (within the 
non-residential sector) which are estimated to have 
a growth of 3.6 per cent, outpacing the wider market.

Furthermore, forecasts for the next four years, 
prepared by the BCSA, show an expected increase 
in UK structural steel demand, particularly in the 
Group’s key markets. 

UK order book
The Group has a very healthy, well-diversified order 
book of £270m (June 2016) which represents 
approximately nine months of forward production 
capacity. The order book has increased significantly 
during the year and is now at its highest position 
for over six years, reflecting the improved market 
conditions and our position as market leader. The 
contract mix within the order book continues to 
reflect our focus to diversify our project portfolio 
across different sectors and geographies.

Pipeline/prospects
The Group continues to monitor the future pipeline 
of work which is likely to convert to orders in the 
near term. This provides forward visibility of future 
orders and helps to facilitate production planning. 
The Group’s pipeline of contract opportunities is 
encouraging and includes prestigious developments 
in the commercial offices, industrial and distribution 
(warehousing), transport and retail sectors.

4%

2%

3%

39%

5%

27%

UK ORDER BOOK
JUNE 2016 
£270m

9%

11%

5%

4%

2%

33%

9%

3%

UK ORDER BOOK
NOVEMBER 2015
£185m

17%

27%

Commercial offices

Power and energy

Transport (including 
bridges)
Industrial and 
distribution
Stadia and leisure

Data centres and other

Retail

Health and education

19

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

MARKET SECTORS

WE HAVE THE DESIGN SKILLS, ENGINEERING SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE 
TO HANDLE COMPLEX PROJECTS OVER A DIVERSE RANGE OF MARKET 
SECTORS, WHETHER FOR WORK, PLAY, TRAVEL OR TO PROVIDE ESSENTIAL 
INFRASTRUCTURE. 

Key:

General market future trends   

 upward trend  

 downward trend

Core infrastructure sectors

Our expertise includes international airports, road and rail facilities and bridges. Many of the structures we 
create become famed landmarks in their own right. Services range from design, planning and high-volume steel 
supply, to fabrication and construction. As a key element of the UK’s infrastructure, bridge building requires 
skill, precision and quality on a large scale. Our growing bridge business has a strong reputation and extensive 
experience in the successful delivery of all types of bridgework, including major transport routes.

Successes
Multiple contracts with Heathrow Airport, London Bridge, 
Manchester Victoria and Birmingham New Street Stations, Ordsall 
Chord (link bridge between Manchester’s Victoria and Piccadilly 
stations).

Group market share
(for infrastructure including bridges)

5–10%

Power stations, sustainable energy facilities and waste processing plants form an important part of 
our business. Our professionalism, extensive sector experience and ability to meet specific engineering 
requirements enable us to continue serving these vital sectors in the UK and other parts of the world.

Successes
Essex and Milton Keynes waste treatment plants, Peterborough and 
Covanta (Dublin) Waste to Energy plants, Carrington Power Station, 
Port of Liverpool Biomass Terminal.

Group market share

5–10%

T
R
O
P
S
N
A
R
T

D
N
A
R
E
W
O
P

Y
G
R
E
N
E

We have a long history of providing world-class steel solutions for hospitals, which are increasingly being 
specified with structural steel frames. Key factors giving us an advantage in this sector include span length, 
enhanced flexibility, adaptability and speed of construction. We have also worked with many education clients 
and contractors over the years, each project bringing its own specific requirements and challenges.

Successes
Francis Crick Institute, Nigeria Syringe Factory, University of 
Strathclyde, Victoria and Albert Museum (Dundee), Kings College 
Hospital.

Group market share

<5%

D
N
A
H
T
L
A
E
H

N
O

I
T
A
C
U
D
E

20

 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Market sectors

Core construction sectors

L
A
I

C
R
E
M
M
O
C

S
E
C

I
F
F
O

D
N
A
L
A
I
R
T
S
U
D
N

I

N
O
I
T
U
B
R
T
S
D

I

I

D
N
A

A
I

D
A
T
S

E
R
U
S

I
E
L

Through our work in the commercial office sector, we have made a significant impact on the cityscapes 
of London and other major commercial hubs around the world. We ensure our structural steel methods, 
products and processes keep up with the needs and challenges of this rapidly evolving sector.

Successes
The Shard, Leadenhall Tower, 5 Broadgate, Moorgate Exchange, Aldgate Tower, 
Nova Victoria, New Street Square, South Bank Tower, Principal Place, One Angel 
Court.

Group market share

20–30%

The Group is a trusted partner to the industrial, warehousing and distribution industries, thanks to our strong 
reputation for engineering excellence and versatility. Unrivalled capacity, the ability to meet diverse and rigorous 
requirements and other strengths such as design capability, supply chain co-ordination and delivery speeds set us 
apart from our competitors.

Successes
Major contracts for BMW, Unilever, Sports Direct, Ocado, ASDA, Sainsbury’s, 
Prologis, Gazeley, Jaguar Land Rover and DHL.

Group market share

10–20%

Stadia and leisure complexes are important sectors for the steelwork industry. The Group has an unrivalled record in the 
design, engineering and building of many of the UK’s best known sporting hubs. We have also provided timely and cost-effective 
solutions for key leisure destinations, ranging from exhibition and conference centres to state-of-the-art concert arenas.

Successes
Paris Philharmonic Hall, First Direct (Leeds) Arena, Olympic Stadium, Arsenal FC 
(Emirates Stadium), Wimbledon Centre Court (roof), Liverpool FC (redevelopment of 
Anfield Stadium) and Manchester City FC (south stand redevelopment).

Group market share

40–50%

L
I
A
T
E
R

Retail developments are becoming increasingly complex and ambitious as towns and cities position themselves 
as attractive shopping destinations in today’s competitive economy. Major redevelopment in cities and out-of-
town shopping facilities are challenging projects in their own right, requiring different skills and services. Project 
management and supply chain linkage are vital to successful project execution.

Successes
Bradford’s Westfield Shopping Centre, Hereford Old Livestock Market, Birmingham John 
Lewis, Bracknell’s The Lexicon and projects for ASDA, Sainsbury’s, Tesco, Morrisons and 
Costco.

Group market share

10–20%

S
E
R
T
N
E
C

A
T
A
D

R
E
H
T
O
D
N
A

Data centres are an ever growing part of the business world. In recent years, they have become increasingly 
important to businesses of all sizes as they look for cost-effective alternatives to high in-house IT and other costs. 
With a large proportion of data centres being specified in steel, the Group is well placed to meet the needs of this 
rapidly expanding sector, and our cost, speed and flexibility have resulted in several key contract awards. 

Successes
London Data Centre (Slough), Microsoft (Amsterdam), Telehouse (London) and 
Amazon (Dublin).

Group market share

<5%

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

OUR STRATEGY

OUR VISION IS TO BE RECOGNISED AS WORLD-CLASS LEADERS IN STRUCTURAL 
STEEL. WE WILL DELIVER THIS VISION THROUGH THE GROUP’S STRATEGY WHICH 
IS SUPPORTED BY A FOCUS ON FIVE KEY ELEMENTS.

Growth

Clients

Our strategy:
Building a solid 
platform for growth

Operational 
excellence

People

India

See how we performed against our 
strategy on page 24

Growth

In the short to medium term, our aim is to capitalise on growth opportunities both 
in the UK and in overseas markets.

Operational  excellence

Our emphasis is on delivering high quality products and reducing costs by driving  
excellence through our core business processes.

Clients

People

India

By understanding, anticipating and responding to client needs we aim to build secure, 
sustainable and mutually valuable relationships and create lasting client satisfaction.

Our people are at the heart of our business and are vital to the success of our vision  
and the achievement of our strategic goals.

We continue to believe that the Indian market presents great opportunities for  
steel fabrication.

22

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Our strategy

WE ARE WELL PLACED TO CONTINUE 
DELIVERING AGAINST OUR NEAR-TERM 
FINANCIAL TARGETS WHILST CONTINUING TO 
BUILD FOR THE LONGER TERM.

Ian Lawson
Chief executive officer

Q

A

Q

A

  What were the highlights of 

2015/16 for you?

It has been a year of strong 
progress on a number of fronts. 
Underlying profit before tax has 
increased by 59 per cent, our cash 
flow has been excellent resulting 
in net funds of nearly £19m and 
our order book has grown to 
£270m. We have also achieved the 
5 to 6 per cent margin target that 
we set ourselves three years ago.

  What are your strategic priorities 

over the next few years?

  Our target is to double our 
underlying profit before tax 
over the next four years. We 
believe that this is achievable 
through continuing to implement 
our strategy in areas such 
as continued operational 
improvement and further 
developing new markets, moving 
into both new sectors and 
geographies, where we can bring 
our skills and can add real value.

Q

A

Q

A

  What is your plan for the Indian 

joint venture?

  The Indian business has come a 
long way over the last two years. 
Our plan is to maintain stability 
in the business together with 
continuing the conversion of the 
market from concrete to steel. We 
believe that these, in combination, 
will continue to build long-term 
value.

  What’s next for Severfield?

  With our current order book and 
pipeline, and continued stable 
market environment, we are well 
placed to continue delivering 
against our near-term financial 
targets whilst continuing to 
build for the longer term. We will 
continue to do what we do best, 
by seeking to add value for our 
clients across a variety of sectors 
and markets and by continuing to 
improve on our good progress to 
date.

Q

A

  Looking at your pipeline, what’s 
coming up in terms of sectors?

Infrastructure is presenting good 
opportunities as we expect to 
see growth in this market over 
the coming years. We are very 
pleased with the inroads that 
we have already made into this 
market, taking advantage of our 
enhanced bridge capability. We are 
also seeing a continuing demand 
for industrial warehousing and 
commercial offices in the regions 
rather than purely in London.

See more from our chief executive 
officer in the operating review on 
page 30

23

 
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

OUR STRATEGY

In 2015/16, the progress that we have made in delivering our strategy, together with how this strategy has been further developed,  
is set out below:

Growth

Links to KPI:  1

2

3

5

6

In the short to medium term, our aim is to capitalise on growth opportunities both in the UK and in overseas 
markets.

Strategic priorities

Achievements in 2015/16

Objectives for 2016/17

Increase UK market 
share — growing 
profitable market share in 
areas where the business 
already operates.

We have grown Group revenues by 19 per cent and 
the order book (which currently stands at £270m) 
by 46 per cent in 2015/16, taking advantage of 
the Group’s position in the improving UK market 
environment.

Enter new UK market 
sectors — looking for 
new market areas where 
the business has not 
operated in the past, 
taking advantage of our 
existing capacity and 
capabilities.

Building from existing 
European opportunities 
— driving more 
opportunities from 
European contractors 
with whom we have strong 
relationships in the UK.

We have continued to focus on larger projects 
within our target markets, playing to our strengths 
of capability and capacity (including new orders for 
Goldman Sachs, Tottenham Hotspur FC, BAE Systems 
and Wimbledon (new roof for number one court)).

We have grown our bridge operations in 2015/16 
facilitated, in part, by the recruitment of the legacy 
Mabey Bridge infrastructure team in 2014/15.

Our acquisition of a 50 per cent stake in CMF has 
provided us with a direct interest in the manufacture 
of metal decking and cold-formed steel products. 
Following this investment all of the Group’s 
metal decking requirements will come from CMF, 
strengthening the supply chain.

We have undertaken significant research work to gain 
greater knowledge of target markets, particularly in 
Europe and the UK.

To further grow Group revenues and 
maintain the quality of the order book.

Continue to focus on enhancing our position 
in existing UK markets where the Group 
already has specialist expertise (at good 
margins and with acceptable levels of risk).

Increase focus on new UK markets including 
exploring regional and mid-market 
prospects and the development of further 
cold-formed steel opportunities in CMF.

Together with the continued expansion of 
our bridge capability, we also have a targeted 
approach with key UK infrastructure 
project owners to exploit identified growth 
opportunities (infrastructure and bridge 
markets).

Evaluate opportunities within European 
markets which are showing ‘green shoots’ of 
improvement including assessment of the 
most appropriate European delivery model.

Review growth opportunities in the rest of  
the world.

Key performance indicator reference number:

1 Underlying operating profit and margin

2 Underlying basic earnings per share (‘EPS’)

3 Revenue growth

4 Operating cash conversion

5 Return on capital employed (‘ROCE’)

6 Order book

7 Accident frequency rate (‘AFR’)

24

 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Our strategy

Operational excellence

Links to KPI:  1

2

4

5

Our emphasis is on delivering high quality products and reducing costs by driving excellence through our core 
business processes.

Strategic priorities

Achievements in 2015/16

Objectives for 2016/17

Drive operational 
improvements and 
efficiencies — the 
objective of our 
comprehensive 
operational improvement 
programme is to 
improve the Group’s 
risk assessment, 
operational and contract 
management processes.

Invest in market-leading 
technology — we will 
make this investment in 
the short and medium 
term in order to support 
the Group’s ongoing 
requirements and for 
growth.

We have recorded an underlying operating margin 
of 5.7 per cent, which is towards the top end of our 
strategic target of a range of 5 to 6 per cent by the 
end of 2015/16. This reflects our ongoing focus on 
all aspects of internal operations and the underlying 
margins on individual orders which have continued to 
improve over the past financial year.

2015/16 operating margins have also benefited 
from lower levels of volatility in the Group’s contract 
portfolio, particularly as a result of the improvements 
made to operational processes and effective site 
execution.

These operational improvements were also 
evidenced in the Group’s operating cash flow of 
£24.8m, which has increased by 118 per cent in 
2015/16. Operating cash conversion in 2015/16 was 
145 per cent.

The Group’s improvement programme has included 
further capital investment in 2015/16 of £5.0m in our 
factories and construction site plant and equipment, 
coupled with IT systems improvements. This will 
benefit the Group both now and in the future.

Given the strength of the platform from 
which the Group now operates, our target 
is to double our underlying profit before tax 
over the next four years.

To continue embedding operational 
efficiencies through improved contract 
and commercial management processes 
and improved flow of steelwork processes 
through our factories.

This improved profitability will continue to 
generate surplus cash flows and support 
future dividends, in accordance with the 
Group’s business model.

As part of the Group’s capital investment 
programme, we will continue to invest 
at levels in excess of depreciation. This 
will include focused capital expenditure 
to target market opportunities and to 
maximise the benefits of our information 
technology (IT) programme.

We will continue to invest in new state-of-
the-art manufacturing technology to help 
drive production efficiencies and to expand 
the capital equipment base where there is a 
strong return on investment case.

We will continue to upgrade and replace 
existing equipment where appropriate.

25

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

OUR STRATEGY

Clients

Links to KPI:  1

2

3

5

6

By understanding, anticipating and responding to client needs we aim to build secure, sustainable and mutually 
valuable relationships and create lasting client satisfaction.

Strategic priorities

Achievements in 2015/16

Objectives for 2016/17

Quality of service — our 
industry experience 
allows us to better 
understand our 
customers’ own strategic 
objectives and enables 
us to design, fabricate 
and construct structural 
steelwork solutions to 
support these objectives. 

We have continued to develop our relationships 
with key clients during the year, the benefit of which 
is evidenced in the improved order book position. 
Our increased emphasis on client engagement has 
led to regular contact with key clients on market 
developments and future business opportunities.

We have also focused on strengthening relationships 
with our wider client base to develop our pipeline of 
opportunities in both existing and adjacent markets.

Client retention is vital to our organic growth 
plans and we will continue to ensure that 
the customer is at the centre of everything 
we do.

We will focus on opportunities to improve 
client satisfaction, build on existing client 
relationships and develop new relationships.

We will continue to seek to engage with our 
clients at an early stage to enhance our 
understanding of their requirements and to 
add value throughout the project life cycle.

India

Links to KPI:  2

5

We continue to believe that the Indian market presents great opportunities for steel fabrication.

Strategic priorities

Achievements in 2015/16

Objectives for 2016/17

Sustainability of India – 
our aim is to ensure that 
the business develops 
a sustainable position 
whilst the market 
continues its conversion 
to steel.

The performance of the joint venture has remained 
steady during the year, despite the challenging Indian 
market conditions.

Our aim for India remains to continue to grow the 
business and to build value for our shareholders.

We will continue to embed our operational 
improvement programme and focus on 
business development opportunities, 
particularly with key clients in targeted 
market sectors.

We aim to strike the appropriate balance 
between commercial and industrial projects 
to ensure that production continues to 
remain at satisfactory levels whilst we focus 
on improving the operating margin.

We will also continue to evaluate 
geographically proximate export 
opportunities to support the existing order 
book and pipeline.

26

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Our strategy

People

Links to KPI:  1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Our people are at the heart of our business and are vital to the success of our vision and the achievement of  
our strategic goals.

Strategic priorities

Achievements in 2015/16

Objectives for 2016/17

Develop our people – 
our aim is to attract and 
recruit the right person 
at every level and to keep 
them engaged so that we 
can deliver our goals and 
customer commitments 
whilst maintaining a safe 
working environment.

We will continue to prioritise investment in 
our people to ensure a healthy pipeline of 
talent to achieve our strategic goals.

We will build sustainable leadership 
capability within our next generation of 
leaders through the Severfield Leadership 
Programme.

We will implement an integrated Group-wide 
HR information system that will enable us 
to make better people-related decisions 
across the business.

We will continue our behavioural safety 
training and awareness programme, the 
objective of which is to have a significant 
and lasting benefit on the Group’s safety 
culture.

We are committed to a target of zero injuries 
and we will continue to apply the highest 
standards in health and safety across all 
operations in order to further improve the 
Group’s AFR.

We recruited 178 people across the Group and in 
particular strengthened our bridge engineering 
capability and increased the number of directly 
employed steel erectors.

We also made the following key appointments:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Group business improvement director

(cid:228)(cid:3)

 Technical director (Severfield UK)

(cid:228)(cid:3) Group learning and development manager

(cid:228)(cid:3) 27 apprentices/trainees

We also made a number of promotions during the 
year (including at director grade) demonstrating our 
commitment to developing our own talent.

We conducted a Group-wide review of emerging 
talent to ensure consistency and visibility of talent, 
succession planning and career opportunity.

We extended our performance share plan to our 
wider director population in order to support buy in to 
the long-term success of the business and assist in 
management retention.

We commenced roll-out of an extensive behavioural 
safety training and awareness programme.

We enhanced our Group-wide performance 
development review (‘PDR’) processes and 
implemented new leadership, management and 
professional development programmes (see building 
a sustainable business on page 45 for further details).

See our KPIs on  
page 28

Read more about risk management 
on page 48

Read the operating review on  
page 30

27

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Reference 
number

KPI

Our performance

Why this is important

Underlying  
operating profit 
and margin

2016

2015

£9.0m
at 4.5%

£13.7m
at 5.7%

This is the principal measure used to assess 
the success of the Group’s strategy.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Operating profit has increased by 52%, reflecting 
increased revenues and an increase in the margin 
of 1.2%

Underlying basic 
earnings per 
share (‘EPS’)

2016

2015

3.67p

2.31p

EPS growth was 59%

Revenue growth

2016

2015

£239.4m

£201.5m

This KPI is new for 2015/16.

Revenue has increased by 19% reflecting market 
growth and better pricing.

Operating cash 
conversion

2016

2015

145%

107%

Cash conversion has improved by 38%. Cash 
conversion exceeds the Group’s targets in both 
2014/15 and 2015/16.

Return on capital 
employed 
(‘ROCE’)

2016

2015

9.7%

6.1%

ROCE has improved by 3.6%.

Order book

2016

2015

£270m

£185m

The order book has increased by 46% since 
November 2015.

Accident 
frequency rate 
(‘AFR’)

2016

2015

0.25

0.21

The AFR remains within the Group’s target for 
2015/16 of 0.28.

We are focused on driving growth in operating 
profit in order to drive higher and sustainable 
returns for our investors.

EPS is one of the key metrics in measuring 
shareholder value and a performance condition 
of the Group’s performance share plan (‘PSP’).

The measure reflects all aspects of the income 
statement including the performance of India 
and the management of the Group’s tax rate.

This is a key measure for the business to 
track our overall success in specific contract 
activity, our progress in increasing our market 
share and our ability to maintain appropriate 
pricing levels.

Cash is critical for providing the financial 
resources to develop the Group’s business 
and to provide adequate working capital to 
operate smoothly.

This measures how successful we are in 
converting profit to cash through management 
of working capital and capital expenditure.

ROCE measures the return generated on the 
capital we have invested in the business and 
reflects our ability to add shareholder value 
over the long term.

We have an asset-intensive business model 
and ROCE reflects how productively we 
deploy those capital resources.

The order book is a key part of our focus on 
building long-term recurring revenue. It is an 
important measure of our success in winning 
new work.

Whilst the revenue within the order book 
is reported externally, the margin inherent 
within the order book is monitored internally 
to provide visibility of future earnings.

This is an industry-standard measure of the 
safe operation of our business and is one of 
a number of health and safety measures the 
Group uses to monitor its activities.

Our KPIs for profitability, AFR and cash flow generation are linked to our performance share plan and annual incentive arrangements to ensure that the 
remuneration of our directors is aligned with our strategic priorities.

28

 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Key performance indicators

OUR GOAL TO DELIVER LONG-TERM SHAREHOLDER VALUE DRIVES OUR STRATEGIC PRIORITIES. WE MEASURE OUR PERFORMANCE 
THROUGH A BALANCED SET OF KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS THAT ARE BOTH FINANCIAL AND NON-FINANCIAL. THEY REFLECT OUR 
STRATEGIC PRIORITIES OF GROWING AND INVESTING IN THE BUSINESS AND DRIVING ONGOING EFFICIENCIES THAT WILL LEAD TO 
SUSTAINABLE SHAREHOLDER RETURNS, SUPPORTED BY SAFE AND RESPONSIBLE WORKING PRACTICES.

How we calculate

What we target

Underlying operating profit is defined as operating profit 
before other items and before the results of JVs and associates 
(principally the Indian joint venture).

Underlying operating margin is calculated as underlying operating 
profit expressed as a percentage of revenue.

Our target is to double underlying profit before tax over the 
next four years.

Our ongoing aim is to generate steady margin improvement 
in 2016/17 and beyond. 

EPS is calculated as underlying profit after tax divided by the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the period.

Our aim is to maximise sustainable EPS growth.

This represents the year-on-year percentage change in revenue 
from Group operations as reported in the accounts. The effects of 
acquisitions and disposals will be removed from this measure.

To grow revenue year-on-year in line with our strategic 
objectives.

Operating cash conversion is defined as cash flow generated from 
continuing operations after capital expenditure (before interest 
and tax) expressed as a percentage of underlying operating profit.

We target a conversion rate of 85% as a base level of 
achievement, subject to future capital investment made to 
position the Group for further growth.

ROCE is calculated as underlying operating profit plus share of 
post-tax results from JVs and associates divided by the average of 
opening and closing capital employed.

Capital employed is defined as shareholders’ equity excluding 
retirement benefit obligations (net of tax), acquired intangible 
assets and net funds.

We aim to deliver ROCE which is in excess of 10 per cent 
over the whole economic cycle.

Our order book shows the total value of future revenue secured by 
contractual agreements.

We aim to build a growing order book in line with our 
strategy.

AFR is equivalent to one reportable lost-time incident resulting 
in more than three working days’ absence per 100,000 hours 
worked, which equates to approximately one working lifetime.

We are committed to a target of zero injuries in the medium 
term. The Group’s AFR target for 2016/17 is 0.28.

29

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

OPERATING REVIEW

OUR INCREASED PROFITABILITY IS AS A RESULT OF OUR FOCUS  
ON OPERATIONAL IMPROVEMENTS AND EFFICIENCIES OVER  
THE LAST THREE YEARS.

Group overview
This has been a year of strong progress 
for the Group on a number of fronts. 
Underlying profit before tax has increased 
by 59 per cent to £13.2m (2015: £8.3m) 
on revenue which has increased by 19 
per cent to £239.4m (2015: £201.5m). The 
performance of the Indian joint venture 
has remained relatively stable with the 
Group’s share of losses similar to the prior 
year at £0.3m (2015: £0.2m). Our cash flow 
has been excellent with operating cash 
conversion of 145 per cent (2015: 107 per 
cent) and year-end net funds increasing 
to £18.7m (2015: £6.4m) whilst funding a 
further increase in the Group’s investment 
programme.

The underlying operating margin has 
increased from 4.5 per cent to 5.7 per 
cent thereby achieving the 5 to 6 per 
cent target set three years ago at the 
time of the rights issue, when the Group 
had just announced a significant loss. 
During the past three years, the Group 
has implemented a simpler, more 
integrated organisational structure, has 
strengthened management across the 
whole organisation and has improved 
its performance demonstrably across 
a number of areas, including risk 
management, tendering discipline, 
operational efficiency and contract 
execution. All of the actions taken to 
implement these improvements leave the 

Group well placed for the next phase of its 
growth and development.

Based on the continued progress made 
by the Group during the year, I am pleased 
that the board is recommending an 
increase in the final dividend to 1.0p per 
share, making a total for the year of 1.5p 
per share.

UK review
At the time of the rights issue in 2013, 
an underlying operating margin target 
of 5 to 6 per cent was set for the current 
financial year. It is pleasing that this has 
been achieved with a margin of 5.7 per cent 
delivered in the year (2015: 4.5 per cent). 
In conjunction with this improvement, the 

THE ORDSALL CHORD, MANCHESTER

The Ordsall Chord project is a major investment 
by Network Rail to provide a rail link directly from 
Manchester Victoria to Manchester Piccadilly 
stations. The Group is providing 3,400 of structural 
steelwork for the project.

In order to connect the station there are a series of 
obstacles that require seven rail bridges. The project 
also includes an architectural footbridge over the river 
Irwell. 

The main structure is the rail bridge over the river 
Irwell and this is a complex arch bridge which 
has been blended into the adjacent structure via 
architectural S shape.

30

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Operating review

Group has returned to revenue growth, 
with £239.4m being achieved in the year, 
an increase of 19 per cent on the prior year 
level of £201.5m. As a result of this revenue 
and margin improvement, underlying 
operating profit (before the share of results 
of JVs and associates) has improved by 52 
per cent to £13.7m (2015: £9.0m). 

This performance provides further 
evidence of the improvements made to 
the business over the past three years. 
This includes a simpler organisational 
structure focused around three main 
business units, greater strength and 
depth in the management structure, and 
an operational improvement programme 
which has focused on three broad areas 
– risk assessment, operational processes 
and contract management processes. 

This programme has resulted in improved 
tender disciplines and risk assessment, 
and better management throughout a 
project’s life by improving operational 
efficiency and our execution of contracts. 
Whilst the initial target of a 5 to 6 per cent 
underlying operating margin has now 
been achieved, the opportunity for further 
progress in the business can also be seen 
with greater clarity. 

Underpinning this continuing 
improvement is an increasing focus 
on the training and development of 
our people. Our senior management 
team has now been stable for over 
18 months and we are continuing to 
strengthen the individual functions 
across the organisation. More effort, 
time and cash is also being invested 

in staff training and development, and 
leadership development for both existing 
and future leaders. We have established 
a relationship with Nottingham Trent 
University which encompasses work 
placements, graduate opportunities 
and collaboration on research and 
development projects.  We believe that 
all this is an essential part of building 
the strength and depth required across 
the organisation to deliver both on our 
existing improvement initiatives and to 
support the future strategic development 
of the business. 

There have been some notable changes to 
our steel supply chain in recent months, 
impacting two of the main types of steel 
which we use in the fabrication process. 
Tata closed their UK steel plate production 

THIS HAS BEEN A YEAR OF 
STRONG PROGRESS ON A 
NUMBER OF FRONTS.”

Ian Lawson
Chief executive officer

31

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

OPERATING REVIEW

facility in December 2015 and there was 
also some concern over the future of their 
UK steel sections business. The sections 
business has now been bought by Greybull 
Capital, and re-named British Steel, which 
removes the short-term uncertainty we 
were facing in respect of sections supply, 
and we have also managed to secure 
alternative sources of supply for all our plate 
requirements. While some of the issues 
around the UK steel industry have been 
highly publicised and a source of concern 
for many, it is important to recognise that 
only around 40 per cent of steel used in 
UK construction is produced in the UK, the 
majority being imported. Nevertheless, I am 
pleased to report that we have managed the 
changes which affect us with no disruptive 
impact on the business.

During the year, work has continued on the 
replacement of bolts on the Leadenhall 
building. This work is almost complete 
with the costs of the remedial works 
being in line with the £6.0m estimated 
last year. Whilst a non-underlying charge 
was recognised for this amount last 
year, discussions continue with the other 
parties involved to determine where the 
liability for the total remedial works costs 
should rest.

In November, we invested in a 50 per 
cent share of Composite Metal Flooring 

Limited (‘CMF’). CMF is a manufacturer of 
metal decking which is used extensively in 
construction projects. CMF is an existing 
supplier to the Group and, following 
this investment, all of the Group’s metal 
decking requirements will come from CMF. 
This investment is another step in the 
implementation of the Group’s strategy 
and will strengthen the Group’s supply 
chain as well as enabling it to extract 
greater value from its existing activities. 
CMF also provides the Group with a direct 
interest in cold rolled steel production 
which has an additional range of uses in 
the construction sector which we will be 
looking to develop.

Order book and market 
conditions
The order book at 1 June 2016 of £270m 
is consistent with the level it has been at 
for the past six months. This is a step up 
from previous reported levels and is the 
highest it has been for over six years. Of 
this total, £211m is for delivery over the 
next 12 months and £59m for delivery 
beyond 12 months. With the consensus for 
modest economic growth over the next few 
years being mirrored in expected growth 
in construction markets (particularly 
in the areas of infrastructure and the 
private industrial and commercial sectors 

where the Group is strong), the Group is 
well placed to continue its growth and 
development for the foreseeable future.

The breadth of the Group’s capability is 
evident within the order book with around 
80 live contracts spread across the key 
market sectors of commercial offices, 
stadia and leisure, transport, industrial 
and distribution and power and energy. 
There are a number of themes within the 
order book development which illustrate 
the strength and depth of the Group’s 
capability. These include:

(cid:228)(cid:3) the growth in larger projects, with three 

over £20m in value 

(cid:228)(cid:3) the development of the commercial 

office sector outside London, which is 
encouraging

(cid:228)(cid:3) the Group’s strength in stadia 

development including the new roof for 
Wimbledon number one court and the 
new stadium for Tottenham Hotspur FC

(cid:228)(cid:3) the continuing strength of the retail 

and distribution sectors 

(cid:228)(cid:3) the re-emergence of the Republic of 
Ireland as an active and attractive 
market

(cid:228)(cid:3) the development of the transport 

infrastructure sector

DUBLIN WASTE TO ENERGY FACILITY

This waste to energy plant will be the largest in the 
Republic of Ireland. Once operational it will incinerate 
up to 600,000 tonnes of waste per year, generating 
enough electricity for up to 80,000 homes.

All corners on the building are rounded, while the 
building also curves and slopes upwards. This created 
many technical design and construction challenges, 
including complex steelwork geometry, which required 
the use of Building Information Modelling (‘BIM’). The 
technology used by both PM Group and Severfield, 
allowed for a detailed, coordinated fabrication model 
that did not clash with the extensive process and 
services models.

Detailed planning went into the erection sequence 
and logistics due to the confines of the site. Working 
at height to lift large steel elements into place was 
another challenge that was overcome as a result of 
the levels of design and construction coordination 
between PM Group and Severfield.

32

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Operating review

Projects
The Group worked on over 120 projects during the year which included:

Commercial offices: 

Nova Victoria, London

One Angel Court, London

Principal Place, London

Various developments at Kings Cross 

Stadia and leisure:

Anfield Stadium

Etihad Stadium

Transport:

London Bridge Station

The Ordsall Chord, Manchester

Crossrail Depot, Old Oak Common

Industrial and distribution:

BAE Systems facility, Barrow-in-Furness

Nissan paintshop, Sunderland

Industrial warehousing for clients such as Amazon, 
Primark, DHL

Power and energy:

Dublin waste to energy facility

The reference to transport infrastructure 
reflects the encouraging progress we 
have seen since we took on staff last 
year from the infrastructure division of 
Mabey Bridge. Progress here so far is in 
line with expectations and the pipeline 
development is very encouraging. The 
Group’s positioning in the transport-
related bridge infrastructure market 
will help smooth the fluctuations in 
revenue from other market sectors which 
are more dependent on private sector 
investment. Overall, the Group’s breadth 
of experience, expertise and capability 
leaves it well placed to win the right mix of 
work in a growing economy with a growing 
construction sector.

Market pricing generally remains 
competitive and there have been 
some significant contracts during 
the year which have been awarded 
to our competition because we were 
not prepared to accept the terms and 
conditions which the clients involved were 
trying to push down the supply chain. 
Notwithstanding this, there are continuing 
signs of clients looking beyond price and 
focusing on quality of service and delivery 
as well, which are areas where the Group 
performs  consistently well.

33

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

OPERATING REVIEW

WE AIM TO DOUBLE 
UNDERLYING PROFIT 
BEFORE TAX OVER 
THE NEXT FOUR 
YEARS.”

India
The Indian joint venture has delivered 
another period of relative stability during 
the year with the Group’s share of losses 
of £0.3m being a fraction higher than the 
£0.2m in the prior year. This share of loss 
continues to be the result of a positive 
operating margin on the one hand, and the 
financing costs of the business’s heavy 
debt structure on the other. 

The underlying business performed 
relatively well in what was a more difficult 
trading environment. There were a number 
of contract timing delays which resulted 
in production volume reducing to 36,000 
tonnes compared with 48,000 tonnes 
the previous year. The impact of this was 
mitigated however by the mix of work, 
which included some more profitable 
commercial work than in the previous 
year. Whilst the overall operating margin 
of 7 per cent was slightly lower than the 
9 per cent achieved in the prior year with 
much higher volumes, it gives further 

assurance that the underlying business is 
sustainable in a range of different trading 
environments.

Whilst trading was a little sluggish during 
the year, the mix of work improved and 
the pipeline of potential opportunities 
continued to develop well. This has resulted 
in an order book at 1 June 2016 of £33m 
which includes a large commercial order for 
a hospital complex in the state of Kerala, 
along with some significant potential 
commercial projects in the pipeline. This 
will help drive improved performance in 
the 2016/17 financial year and also keeps 
momentum building with the conversion 
of the wider construction market from 
concrete to steel. It is the progression of 
this conversion which will really drive long-
term value in the business, value which will 
become more apparent as the debt levels 
start to reduce over the next two to three 
years. 

34

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Operating review

Business investment
Capital investment in the business was 
£5.0m in the year. This was slightly lower 
than the £6.6m invested in the prior year but 
in line with our medium-term investment 
plan. The investment was spread across all 
our factories and included further upgrading 
of production equipment which will help 
drive efficiencies, expanding our fleet of 
elevated work platforms for construction 
sites, general replacement of some older 
equipment, and a range of health and 
safety and environmental efficiency related 
improvements. 

Our investment programme will continue 
in the current year and our increasing 
cash resources will enable us to invest 
wherever required in order to continue 
driving efficiencies and improvements in 
service, adding value for our customers. 

As mentioned above, during the year we 
invested in a 50 per cent share of CMF. 
The initial consideration was £4.0m 
(plus transaction costs of £0.1m), with 
an additional £0.4m working capital 
adjustment, and a further £2.5m payable 
over the next five years subject to certain 
conditions. 

Safety
The Group’s AFR for the year, which 
includes our Indian joint venture, was 
0.25. This includes an AFR for our UK 
operations of 0.44. Whilst this was not as 
good as the 0.33 achieved in the previous 
year, it remains ahead of the 0.57 achieved 
two years ago, which illustrates that many 
of the improvements made during that 
period are showing signs of becoming 
embedded. However, there is more to 
do and during the year, in addition to 
continuing with the initiatives started in 
the previous year (near miss reporting, 
improved communications, directors’ 
visits), we have introduced a Group-wide 
behavioural safety programme. This 
has involved everyone in the business 
undertaking an intensive training 
programme on all aspects of workplace 
behaviour which can impact the safety 
of the working environment. In addition, 
further investment has been made across 
all our facilities where opportunities to 
improve safety have been identified. We 
remain committed to achieving a zero 
accident culture as the safety of all our 
employees remains the most important 

priority for both the executive committee 
and the board.

Strategy and  
profit target
We have made good progress towards 
our strategic objectives in the year with 
the return to revenue growth, improved 
profitability, continued margin improvement 
and strong cash generation, further 
investment in our facilities and our people, 
the investment in CMF and another year 
of stability in the Indian joint venture. We 
continue to enjoy a large element of repeat 
business from customers such as Mace, 
Brookfield, Sir Robert McAlpine and Laing 
O’Rourke. We have also refocused on a 
number of existing customers such as 
BAM, Morgan Sindall, Winvic and McLaren, 
who provide access to more regional 
opportunities and this has resulted in 
a number of high quality orders outside 
of London. Particularly pleasing are 
the inroads that we have made into the 
infrastructure market, with our enhanced 
bridge capability we have secured work 
with the infrastructure teams of Costain, 
Skanska, BAM and Hochtief, working on 
contracts for Network Rail and Highways 
England. These relationships will serve us 
well in the future as we expect to see growth 
in the infrastructure market over the coming 
years.  

The actions we have taken since setting 
out the targets in 2013 have allowed 
us to achieve our three-year underlying 
operating margin target with a margin of 
5.7 per cent. 

With the strength of the platform from 
which the Group now operates and 
the opportunity for further margin 
improvement, our target is now to double 
our underlying profit before tax over 
the next four years. The business has 
a much stronger base than three years 
ago; it has strengthened its capability 
in infrastructure and bridges, it has new 
capability in cold rolled steel through 
its investment in CMF, and the market 
is expected to continue to grow. These 
factors, coupled with the continued 
implementation of the strategy in areas 
such as further developing new markets 
(both sectoral and geographic), and 
continued operational improvement, give 
us confidence that this profit target is 
achievable. As the business continues to 

develop its strength and depth across a 
number of market sectors, it will become 
increasingly less dependent on any one 
sector and give us a broader platform for 
growing revenue and earnings. Alongside 
this, maintaining stability in India whilst 
continuing the conversion of the market 
from concrete to steel will continue to build 
long-term value in our Indian joint venture. 

The Group’s business model supports 
strong cash generation, as has been 
demonstrated by the rebuilding of a good 
net funds position over the past three years. 
This cash generation will support future 
investment in the growth and expansion of 
the business, whilst maintaining a strong 
return on capital discipline, along with the 
progression of the core dividend. It may also 
support supplementary dividends without 
diminishing the good net funds position 
which is being built up, a position which we 
plan to maintain to help manage the financial 
risks inherent in a contracting business. 

Summary and outlook
The business has performed well this  
year having increased revenue, profitability 
and cash generation. It has also achieved 
the margin target set three years ago. With 
the current order book and pipeline, and 
continued stable market environment, the 
Group is well placed to continue delivering 
against its near-term financial targets whilst 
continuing to build for the longer term.

India remains stable and as the market 
continues to convert from concrete to 
steel, and as debt is repaid, value will 
continue to build in that business. 

Overall the outlook remains encouragingly 
positive.  

Finally, I would like to thank all of our 
people once again for their hard work and 
commitment over the past 12 months and 
look forward to their continued support 
as we build a better and even more 
successful business.

Ian Lawson 
Chief executive officer 
15 June 2016

Read our strategy on  
page 22

Read our financial review on  
page 36

35

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

FINANCIAL REVIEW

EXCELLENT CASH GENERATION 
RESULTED IN NET FUNDS OF 
£18.7M.”

Alan Dunsmore
Group finance director

Revenue
Underlying* operating profit (before results of JVs and associates)
Underlying* operating margin
Underlying* profit before tax
Underlying* basic earnings per share
Operating profit (before results of JVs and associates)
Profit after tax

2016
£239.4m
£13.7m
5.7%
£13.2m
3.67p
£10.1m
£8.6m

2015
£201.5m
£9.0m
4.5%
£8.3m
2.31p
£0.5m
£0.1m

our tendering, execution and contract 
management processes.

The share of results of JVs and associates 
was a loss of £0.2m (2015: £0.2m) and net 
finance costs were £0.2m (2015: £0.4m).

Underlying profit before tax, which is 
management’s primary measure of Group 
profit, was £13.2m (2015: £8.3m). The 
statutory profit after tax, reflecting both 
underlying and non-underlying items, was 
£8.6m (2015: £0.1m).

Read our Group financials on  
pages 95 to 129

Read our Company financials on  
pages 130 to 137

Share of results of JVs and 
associates
The Group’s share of losses from its Indian 
joint venture was £0.3m (2015: £0.2m) 
reflecting another year of relative stability 
in the business. The share of loss is the 
result of a positive operating margin (7 per 
cent) less the finance expense associated 
with the current debt structure. 

Following the investment in a 50 per cent 
share of Composite Metal Flooring Limited 
(‘CMF’) in November 2015, the Group 
has recorded a profit of £0.1m, which 
represents its share of CMF’s results since 
the date of the Group’s investment.

Trading performance
Revenue for the year of £239.4m represents 
an increase of £37.9m (19 per cent) 
compared with the prior year. This is the 
result of an increase in production volumes 
reflecting the improving UK market position 
and the higher order book coming into the 
financial year. The order book has continued 
to grow throughout 2015/16, resulting in 
an order book of £270m at 1 June 2016, its 
highest position for over six years.

Underlying operating profit (before results 
of JVs and associates) of £13.7m (2015: 
£9.0m) represents an increase of £4.7m 
since the prior year, reflecting an increased 
underlying operating margin of 5.7 per cent 
(2015: 4.5 per cent). This margin is in line 
with our previously stated 5 to 6 per cent 
target for the 2015/16 financial year and 
reflects the ongoing benefits of the Group’s 
operational improvement programme 
which has improved all aspects of 

36

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Financial review

IN 2015/16, THE GROUP RETURNED TO 
REVENUE GROWTH AND DELIVERED 
OPERATING MARGINS IN LINE WITH OUR 
STRATEGIC TARGETS.

Non-underlying items
Non-underlying items for the year of 
£3.5m (2015: £8.5m) consist of the 
following:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Amortisation of acquired intangible 

assets – £2.6m (2015: £2.6m)

(cid:228)(cid:3) Fair value of derivative financial 

instruments – loss of £0.9m (2015: 
profit of £0.1m)

(cid:228)(cid:3) Contract remedial costs – £nil (2015: 

£6.0m)

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
represents the amortisation of customer 
relationships which were identified on the 
acquisition of Fisher Engineering in 2007. 
These relationships will be fully amortised 
within the next two years.

A non-cash loss on derivative financial 
instruments of £0.9m was recognised in 
relation to the movement in fair values 
of foreign exchange contracts, which will 
reverse when the underlying contract 
matures in the following year. The fair 
value of these derivatives is primarily a 
function of exchange rate fluctuations 
between sterling and the euro. The loss 
for the year of £0.9m is partly due to the 
increased number of foreign exchange 
contracts taken out by the Group as a 
result of increased contract activity with 
the Republic of Ireland, reflecting an 
improving market position.

The contract remedial costs in the prior 
year related to the programme of bolt 
replacement works at the Leadenhall 
building, a contract that was completed 
in 2013. They were treated as non-
underlying costs in accordance with the 
Group’s stated policy. This work is now 
substantially complete and the actual 
costs of the programme are consistent 
with the non-underlying charge of 
£6.0m which was recorded in 2014/15. 
Notwithstanding this, discussions remain 
ongoing between the Group and the other 
parties involved to determine where the 
ultimate liability for the programme costs 
should reside. Similar to 2014/15, no 
account has been taken of possible future 
cost recoveries from third parties, as 
these cannot be recognised under IFRS.

Finance costs
Net finance costs in the year were £0.2m 
(2015: £0.4m). The reduction since 2014/15 
is primarily due to the Group being in a net 
funds position for almost all of the year. 
The 2015/16 charge of £0.2m primarily 
represents non-utilisation fees for the 
Group’s revolving credit facility and the 
amortisation of capitalised transaction 
costs associated with the refinancing 
in 2013/14.

Revenue

£231.3m

£239.4m

£201.5m

2014

2015

2016

Underlying profit before tax*

£13.2m

£8.3m

£4.0m

2014

2015

2016

Net funds

£18.7m

£6.4m

£0.3m

2014

2015

2016

*   The basis for stating results on an underlying 

basis is set out on page 7.

37

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Taxation
The underlying tax charge of £2.3m (2015: 
£1.4m) represents an effective tax rate of 
17 per cent on the applicable profit (which 
excludes results from JVs and associates). 
This is consistent with an effective tax 
rate of 17 per cent in the prior year, 
reflecting an unchanged UK statutory 
corporation tax rate of 20 per cent over 
the same period. The Group’s effective tax 
rate is lower than the UK statutory rate 
primarily due to the continued recognition 
of deferred tax assets on losses which 
arose in prior periods.

The total tax charge for the year of £1.0m 
(2015: credit of £0.3m) reflects the 
underlying tax charge, offset by deferred 
tax benefits arising from the amortisation 
of intangible assets in the year, and also 
the benefit of the future reduction in UK 
corporation tax to 19 per cent in 2017/18 
and 18 per cent in 2020/21 in the deferred 
tax calculation. These rate changes are 
categorised as non-underlying and are 
included in other items.

Earnings per share
Underlying basic earnings per share 
increased by 59 per cent to 3.67p (2015: 
2.31p) based on the underlying profit after 
tax of £10.9m and the weighted average 
number of shares in issue of 297.5m 
(2015: 297.5m). Basic earnings per share, 
which is based on the statutory profit 
after tax, was 2.89p (2015: 0.05p), this 
growth largely reflecting a reduction in 
charges relating to other items compared 
to 2014/15, in particular the contract 
remedial costs for Leadenhall.

Diluted earnings per share, including the 
effect of the Group’s performance share 
plan, was 2.87p. In 2014/15, there was 
no difference between basic and diluted 
earnings per share.

Dividend and capital 
structure
The Group has a progressive dividend policy 
which has been further refined by the board 
during 2015/16. Funding flexibility will 
continue to be maintained to ensure there 
are sufficient cash resources to fund the 
Group’s requirements. In this context, the 
board has established the following clear 
priorities for the use of cash:

(cid:228)(cid:3) To support the Group’s ongoing 

operational requirements, and to fund 
profitable organic growth opportunities 
where these meet the Group’s 
investment criteria;

(cid:228)(cid:3) To support steady growth in the 

core dividend as the Group’s profits 
increase;

(cid:228)(cid:3) To finance other possible strategic 

opportunities that meet the Group’s 
investment criteria;

(cid:228)(cid:3) To return excess cash to shareholders 
in the most appropriate way, whilst 
maintaining a good underlying net 
funds position on the balance sheet.

Applying this policy in 2015/16, the board 
is recommending a final dividend of 1.0p 
per share payable on 16 September 2016 to 
shareholders on the register at the close of 
business on 19 August 2016. This dividend 
is not reflected on the balance sheet at 
31 March 2016 as it remains subject to 
shareholder approval. This, together with 
the Group’s interim dividend of 0.5p per 
share, will result in a total dividend per 
share for 2015/16 of 1.5p (2015: 0.5p).

Shareholders’ funds
Shareholders’ funds at 31 March 2016 were 
£148.2m (2015: £140.6m). This equates to 
a total equity value per share at 31 March 
2016 of 50p, compared to 47p at the end of 
2014/15. The increase is primarily due to the 
increase in profit after tax for the year and a 
decrease in the IAS 19 deficit on the Group’s 
defined benefit pension scheme.

Goodwill and  
intangible assets
Goodwill on the balance sheet is valued at 
£54.7m (2015: £54.7m) and is subject to 
an annual impairment review under IFRS. 
No impairment was required either during 
the year ended 31 March 2016 or the year 
ended 31 March 2015.

Other intangible assets on the balance 
sheet are recorded at £4.5m (2015: £7.1m). 
This represents the net book value of the 
remaining intangible assets (customer 
relationships) identified on the acquisition 
of Fisher Engineering in 2007, along with 
certain software assets. Amortisation of 
£2.8m was charged in the year.

Capital investment
The Group has property, plant and 
equipment of £77.4m (2015: £76.6m).

Capital expenditure of £5.0m (2015: 
£6.6m) represents the continuation of the 
Group’s capital investment programme. 
This included further new equipment for 
our fabrication lines in Dalton, Lostock and 
Enniskillen, additional mobile equipment 
for use on our construction sites and 
continued investment in a range of health 
and safety and environmental efficiency 
related improvements. Depreciation in the 
year was £3.7m (2015: £3.6m).

As previously stated, the Group’s ongoing 
replenishment levels of capital expenditure 
are expected to be around £5m per annum.

Joint ventures
No further equity was invested in the 
Indian joint venture during the year. With 
the joint venture continuing to operate at 
close to break-even levels, the need for 
further equity injections to finance trading 
losses is likely to be much reduced.

The joint venture business has started to 
repay its term debt with £2.0m repaid during 
the year. A further £3.5m is scheduled to be 
repaid in the 2016/17 financial year and the 
overall debt/equity structure of the business 
is being kept under close review.

38

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Financial review

On 16 November 2015, the Group completed 
its investment in a 50 per cent share of CMF.

The total consideration for the investment 
is £7.0m, which consists of an initial 
payment of £4.0m (plus transaction 
costs of £0.1m), an additional payment of 
£0.4m (made in early 2016/17) following 
agreement of the final working capital 
position and a further £2.5m which is 
payable over the next five years subject to 
certain conditions.

Pensions
The Group has a defined benefit pension 
scheme which, although closed to new 
members, had an IAS 19 deficit of £14.6m 
(2015: £16.5m). The decrease in the deficit 

is mainly as a result of the increase in the 
assumption for corporate bond yields (used 
to set the discount rate) and ongoing deficit 
contributions of £1m made by the Group 
during the year. This has been partially 
offset by lower than expected performance 
by the scheme’s assets.

All other pension arrangements in the 
Group are of a defined contribution 
nature.

Return on capital employed
The Group adopts return on capital 
employed (‘ROCE’) as a KPI to help ensure 
that its strategy and associated investment 
decisions recognise the underlying cost 
of capital of the business. The Group’s 

ROCE is defined as underlying operating 
profit divided by the average of opening 
and closing capital employed. Capital 
employed is shareholders’ equity excluding 
retirement benefit obligations (net of 
tax), acquired intangible assets and net 
funds. For 2015/16, ROCE was 9.7 per cent 
(2015: 6.1 per cent) demonstrating good 
progression towards the Group’s target of 
10 per cent over the whole economic cycle.

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS 
A FINAL DIVIDEND OF  
1.0P PER SHARE.”

39

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Cash flow

Operating cash flow (before working capital movements)
Operating cash flow
Operating cash conversion
Net funds

2016
£17.9m
£24.8m
145%
£18.7m

2015
£6.6m
£11.4m
107%
£6.4m

The Group has always placed a high 
priority on cash generation and the active 
management of working capital. The 
Group finished the year with net funds of 
£18.7m (2015: £6.4m).

Operating cash flow for the year before 
working capital movements was £17.9m 
(2015: £6.6m). Net working capital, 
excluding the utilisation in the year of the 
2014/15 provision for Leadenhall remedial 
costs, decreased by £11.1m during the 
year and represented approximately 2 per 
cent of revenue at the year-end.

This is significantly lower than the 5 to 
7 per cent range which we have been 
targeting. Whilst some of this difference 
can be attributed to a better than normal 
contract payment profile around the 
year-end, there has been some underlying 
improvement in working capital 
management and we are now targeting a 
slightly lower range of 4 to 6 per cent of 
revenue.

In 2015/16, our cash generation KPI shows 
a conversion of 145 per cent (2015: 107 

Artist impression of new stadium for Tottenham 
Hotspur FC, a new contract win for the Group.

per cent) of underlying operating profit into 
operating cash. This continues the Group’s 
excellent recent record of converting profits 
into cash.

employees and the public continue to be 
insured. The Group maintains its low risk 
financial management policy by insuring 
all significant trade debtors.

Net investment during the year was £8.4m 
reflecting the Group’s investment in CMF of 
£4.1m and net capital expenditure of £4.3m 
(net of disposals of £0.7m).

Bank facilities committed 
until 2019
The Group has a £25m borrowing facility 
with HSBC and Yorkshire Bank, with 
an accordion facility of a further £20m 
available at the Group’s request. These 
facilities are available until July 2019. 
There are two key financial covenants, 
with net debt: EBITDA of <2.5x, and 
interest cover of >4x. The Group operated 
well within these covenant limits 
throughout the year ended 31 March 2016.

Treasury
Group treasury activities are managed 
and controlled centrally. Risks to assets 
and potential liabilities to customers, 

The treasury function seeks to reduce 
the Group’s exposure to any interest rate, 
foreign exchange and other financial 
risks, to ensure that adequate, secure 
and cost-effective funding arrangements 
are maintained to finance current and 
planned future activities and to invest 
cash assets safely and profitably.

The Group continues to have some exposure 
to exchange rate fluctuations, currently 
between sterling and the euro. In order 
to maintain the projected level of profit 
budgeted on contracts, foreign exchange 
contracts are taken out to convert into 
sterling at the expected date of receipt.

Alan Dunsmore 
Group finance director 
15 June 2016

40

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Financial review

Going concern
In determining whether the Group’s annual consolidated 
financial statements can be prepared on the going 
concern basis, the directors considered all factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and its 
financial position, including cash flows, liquidity position 
and borrowing facilities and the risks and uncertainties 
relating to its business activities. The following factors 
were considered as relevant:

(cid:228)(cid:3) The UK order book, which is strengthening, and the 

pipeline of potential future orders.

(cid:228)(cid:3) The Group’s operational improvement plan which 

has delivered stronger financial performance and is 
expected to continue doing so in the 2016/17 financial 
year and beyond.

(cid:228)(cid:3) The Group’s net funds position and its bank finance 
facilities which are committed until 2019, including 
both the level of those facilities and the covenants 
attached to them.

Based on the above, and having made appropriate 
enquiries and reviewed medium-term cash forecasts, 
the directors consider it reasonable to assume that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue for at least 12 
months from the approval of the financial statements and 
therefore that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Viability statement
In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the 2014 revision 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’), the 
directors have assessed the Group’s viability over a 
three-year period ending on 31 March 2019. The starting 
point in making this assessment was the annual strategic 
planning process. While this process and associated 
financial projections cover a period of five years, the first 
three years of the plan are considered to contain all of the 
key underlying assumptions that will provide the most 
appropriate information on which to assess the Group’s 
viability.

This assessment also considered:

(cid:228)(cid:3) The programmes associated with the majority of the 
Group’s most significant construction contracts, the 
execution period of which is normally less than three 
years.

(cid:228)(cid:3) The good visibility of the Group’s future revenues for 
the next three years which is provided by external 
forecasts for the construction market, market surveys 
and our own order book and pipeline of opportunities 
(prospects).

In making their assessment, the directors took account 
of the Group’s strategy, current strong financial position, 
recent and planned investments, together with the 
Group’s main committed bank facilities which mature in 
July 2019. They also assessed the potential financial and 
operational impact of possible scenarios resulting from 
the crystallisation of one or more of the principal risks 
described on pages 52 to 55. In particular, the impact of a 
reduction in revenue, a reduction in margin, a deterioration 
in working capital, a period of business interruption and 
a significant one-off event. The range of scenarios tested 
was considered in detail by the directors, taking account 
of the probability of occurrence and the effectiveness of 
likely mitigation actions.

Based on this assessment, the directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the three-year period of their assessment.

41

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

BUILDING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS

AS THE UK’S MARKET-LEADING STRUCTURAL STEEL COMPANY,  
WE KNOW THAT ANY DECISIONS WE MAKE CAN HAVE A SIGNIFICANT  
EFFECT ON THE ENVIRONMENT, PEOPLE’S LIVES AND COMMUNITIES.

OUR AIM IS TO 
EMBED SAFETY, 
HEALTH AND 
ENVIRONMENT AS 
AN UNWAVERING 
PRINCIPLE."

Our board takes regular account of the 
significance of social, environmental, 
ethical and health and safety matters 
to the Group. A comprehensive risk 
management and internal control process 
is in place, including a corporate social 
responsibility (‘CSR’) committee.

With our focus on people, we are 
passionate about providing excellent 
training and skills development 
opportunities that benefit individual 
members of staff and preserve our high 
working standards. We also support 
employment in local areas by taking 
on apprentices across the Group each 
year, hiring our people locally wherever 

possible and providing opportunities for 
graduates across a number of functions 
including business support, quantity 
surveying, design engineering, site 
management and project management.

We work beyond compliance to consider 
how we can have a positive impact 
on communities, minimise risk in our 
operations and ensure the best health 
and safety performance standards. This 
commitment can be seen in our core 
values and mission statement.

See how sustainability supports 
our business model on page 16

S.L.A.M. 

Stop for a moment.
L ook at your work area.
A nticipate what could go wrong.
Manage your work safely.

Do the safe thing.

42

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Building a sustainable business

Behaviour
We define behaviour as everything we 
say and do. This means that any culture 
change model needs to include an 
element of understanding of what drives 
these behaviours and how we generate 
positive, safe behaviours and therefore 
habits in the workplace.

measurable components: the person, their 
environment, and their behaviour. Only 
when these three elements are combined 
can workplace accidents be eliminated.

We have also undertaken a safety culture 
and attitude survey with more than 800 
responses and used this to help formulate 
the behavioural safety programme.

Our behavioural safety programme, which 
was launched this year, has involved 
everyone in the Group, including the 
leadership team, undertaking an intensive 
training programme on all aspects of 
workplace behaviour which can impact 
the safety of the working environment. The 
programme was conducted in association 
with our partner, Setters. Safety in the 
workplace is a combination of three 

Once our employees have undertaken a 
launch day, they can volunteer for further 
training (front line coaching) on how to 
apply cognitive behaviours within their 
work and home environment. To date we 
have trained over 100 employees as ‘front 
line’ coaches.

SAFETY, HEALTH AND 
ENVIRONMENT
Many of the activities carried out by the 
Group can be, by their nature, potentially 
dangerous. It is therefore essential to 
safeguard the health and safety of our 
employees and of those who come into 
contact with Severfield.

The current year accident frequency rate 
(‘AFR’) of 0.25, includes an AFR of 0.44 for 
our UK operations. Whilst this compares 
unfavourably to the previous year’s AFR of 
0.33, it remains significantly better than 
the 0.57 achieved in 2014. This illustrates 
that many of the improvements made over 
this two-year period are showing signs of 
becoming embedded in our operations. In 
2015/16, we had 17 RIDDORs compared to 
12 RIDDORs in 2014/15, which is reflected 
in the AFR results. We have analysed 
underlying trends and are focusing our 
efforts on addressing the issues to make 
further real and significant improvements.

In the current year, we continued to 
build on a number of initiatives started 
in the previous year including near miss 
reporting, improved communications 
and directors’ site visits. A number of new 
initiatives have also been introduced 
aimed at improving the Group’s AFR, 
the core of which is our Group-wide 
behavioural safety programme, the 
objective of which is to have a significant 
and lasting benefit on the Group’s safety 
culture (see later for further details).

We will continue to concentrate on 
improving our AFR performance in 
2016/17 and we believe that our focus on 
the following five key areas will deliver the 
performance we desire.

43

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

BUILDING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS

Work environment
This year we have continued our focus 
on improving the lighting levels in the 
factories to make them a better place to 
work. This has had a positive impact on 
efficiency, greenhouse gas emissions and 
on the working environment in general.

We have improved the conditions of the 
yards in all of our factories and have 
undertaken a comprehensive review of 
welfare facilities for Severfield (UK). We 
have established a new welfare facility at 
Dalton which will substantially improve 
the environment for our employees and are 
undertaking a similar exercise at Lostock.

We have further embedded our tool tethering 
policy in 2015/16 to ensure that all tools and 
materials are tethered on our sites.

During the year, we have continued to 
develop and implement our Seversafe® 
edge protection product, our lorry edge 
protection system and our bespoke fan 
protection systems. These systems comply 
with the Work at Height Regulations in 
terms of meeting the requirements for 
collective protection measures and our 
edge protection solution is endorsed by 
the Edge Protection Federation.

Commitment
The Group continues to maintain an 
appropriate safety, health and environment 
(‘SHE’) budget. Our SHE communication has 
improved during the year with a number of 
SHE news bulletins and monthly targeted 
posters. We also introduced Group-wide 
construction toolbox talks to ensure all our 
site-based workforce was kept abreast of 
relevant issues.

We hold regular Group, factory and site 
safety leadership team (‘SLT’) meetings 
and the Group meeting is attended by 
the CEO and COO. We use this meeting 
structure to develop and challenge our 
policies and to ensure we react in an 
appropriate manner to incidents and near 
misses. Our near miss and hazard card 
reporting has been fully embedded this 
year with in excess of 500 reported.

Our director site tours were fully 
implemented in 2015/16, with 179 being 
undertaken. These gave our people 
opportunities to discuss local issues and 
make suggestions for improvement and 
were very effective in bringing issues to 
the boardroom.

We have undertaken more than 40 
different courses during the year. 
These include: IOSH Managing Safely, 
site manager safety training scheme, 
overhead crane supervision and use, first 
aid, portable magnet use, confined space 
and reversing vehicles.

Leadership
We demonstrate leadership by undertaking 
director tours, chairing committees, 
involving our senior management in 
incident investigations, being involved in 
and attending formal and informal training, 
and communications around SHE and 
sustainability with our workforce, clients 
and supply chain.

Engagement
We engage with our stakeholders on a 
daily basis. Key engagement behaviours 
are communication, involvement, visibility 
and support. We are continually striving to 
communicate better (as discussed above), 
we have continued to actively involve 
the directors in SHE and sustainability 
committees and we use the audit process 
as a communication tool.

To improve engagement with our 
employees, clients and supply chain, 
we regularly attend client meetings and 
our Group SHE director liaises directly 
with the SHE teams within our client 
organisations and with the UK Contractors 
Group. With respect to our employees 
and supply chain, they are represented at 
our SLTs and committees and our visible 
leadership means that we frequently have 
workplace-based conversations with our 
employees and supply chain alike.

We vet and audit our supply chain which 
provides assurance that our supply chain 
meets legal requirements and our own 
standards plus, where applicable, any 
standards stipulated by our clients.

We have embedded our site audit and 
inspection system. We undertake all on 
a web-based format which allows much 
better analysis of where our key issues 
lie. This allows us to focus our resources 
in the correct areas and engage with our 
workforce, supply chain and clients in a 
targeted manner.

SUSTAINABILITY
Steel is arguably the most sustainable 
of the major structural materials. It has 
numerous sustainability benefits, such as 
low waste, flexibility, off-site manufacture, 
speed, resource efficiency, adaptability, 
demountability, long lasting appeal, 
safety, reusability and recyclability. These 
inherent characteristics result in many 
social, environmental and economic 
benefits to satisfy sustainability’s ‘triple 
bottom line’.

Sustainability committee
During the year, we continued to 
develop the terms of reference for our 
sustainability committee. We agreed a set 
of targets and objectives:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Carbon reduction policy and strategy

(cid:228)(cid:3) Reduction in carbon intensity by 

2020/21

(cid:228)(cid:3) Waste reduction and diversion of waste 

from landfill

(cid:228)(cid:3) Compliance with Energy Savings 
Opportunity Scheme (‘ESOS’)

(cid:228)(cid:3) Quarterly greenhouse gases reporting 
using shared database and validation 
of emissions

(cid:228)(cid:3) Measurement of construction site fuels

(cid:228)(cid:3) Review of ISO 14001 EMS — 

operational control, training and audits

(cid:228)(cid:3) Customer and supply chain 

engagement

(cid:228)(cid:3) Staff engagement and internal 

performance reporting

(cid:228)(cid:3) Sustainable procurement

We complied with ESOS this year and have 
an excellent report complete with a set of 
improvements to be made which will help 
reduce our carbon footprint.

Environmental performance
The Group maintains its environmental 
management system which is certified 
to ISO 14001. Information on our 
environmental impact is collated monthly 
and is reported to the board. This includes 
impacts such as waste, factory energy, 
VOC emissions and fuels. We met our 
monthly average VOC concentration limit 
targets for every factory in 2015/16. 89 per 
cent of our waste is recovered or recycled.

44

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Building a sustainable business

All our works and project sites operate in 
accordance with our sustainability policies. 
We track our sustainability performance 
on a project-by-project basis and, where 
required, report information to our clients.

Greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) 
emissions reporting
The Group’s GHG emissions are reported 
in accordance with UK Government 
regulations. We follow the GHG Protocol 
Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard methodology, use an operational 
control approach and utilise the UK 
Government GHG conversion factors for 
company reporting. Our reporting boundary 
includes all material Scope 1 and 2 
emission sources within the boundaries of 
our consolidated financial statements.

We report both our absolute carbon 
emissions in tonnes carbon dioxide 
equivalent (tonnes CO2e), covering all 
six Kyoto gases, and carbon emissions 
intensity using a revenue measure (tonnes 
CO2e/£million revenue).

We have reported our Scope 2 emissions 
using the location method only this year 
(although we do purchase renewable 
electricity for our factories). We continue 
to improve the accuracy of our carbon 
reporting through monthly reporting and 
also estimate our indirect Scope 3 emissions 
associated with raw materials and product 
transportation, waste, water and business 
travel.

We have again reduced our absolute total 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 carbon emissions. 
Since last year they have fallen by 10 per 
cent, mainly as a result of energy efficiency 
improvements at our Dalton site, resulting 
in reduced gas oil and electricity usage. 
Absolute carbon emissions are now 14 per 
cent lower than in 2013/14, our baseline 
reporting year (when we reported total 
CO2e emissions of 12,519). Furthermore, 
our intensity ratio per £m of revenue has 
decreased by 24% since 2014/15.

For the year ended 31 March 2016, the 
Group’s global GHG emissions were as 
follows:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Leadership development – we 

continued to develop our leadership 
capability and implemented a 360 
degree feedback process across our 
executive committee. We will continue 
to implement this valuable process at 
other leadership levels in 2016/17.

During the year, we held a forum for the 
senior leadership team to re-enforce 
our SHE leadership priorities and focus 
on developing our coaching skills. This 
process will be repeated in 2016/17.

Succession and talent 
management
The training and development 
programmes (above) now operate within 
the context of a Group-wide talent review 
process, which ensures consistent 
methodology and visibility of talent. In 
2015/16, we conducted a comprehensive 
review of senior roles within the business 
and have identified possible medium-
term successors in the majority of cases. 
We also took the opportunity to further 
assess emerging talent in the Group to 
identify potential leaders with a view to 
fast tracking their development.

We are passionate about helping 
young people take their first step 
onto the construction career ladder, 
from school leavers to graduates 
qualified in disciplines relevant to the 
construction sector. We believe that the 
recruitment and training of apprentices 
is fundamental to business development; 
another means of ensuring that we have 
all the desired skill bases available in 
the future. At 31 March 2016, the Group 
employed 60 apprentices.

PEOPLE
The quality of our people, their commitment 
and engagement is what defines us. It is our 
people who continue to deliver the strategy 
for the business and will drive future 
success. That’s why our focus in 2015/16 
has been on attracting, retaining and 
developing the best talent in the industry.

In the period, we recruited 178 people, 
including 27 new apprentices and 
trainees, across the Group and in 
particular strengthened our bridge 
engineering capability and increased 
the number of directly employed steel 
erectors. We have provided placements 
for trainee fabricators, steel erectors and 
other technical trainees and will continue 
to invest in apprenticeships during 
2016/17 and beyond.

We will continue to prioritise investment 
in our people to recruit the right people 
based on ability, potential to learn and 
alignment with our corporate values.

Learning and development
In 2015/16 we launched a new Group-wide 
performance development review (‘PDR’) 
process. This provides a focus on behaviours 
in line with our values as well as assessment 
of performance and identification of 
development needs. In addition, we invested 
in learning and development activities and 
put in place clear priorities and action plans 
for the Group as a whole. 

The main areas of focus for 2015/16 were:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Graduate programme – this was 

formalised during the year and we 
obtained accreditation from the 
Institution of Civil Engineers (‘ICE’). The 
programme will launch fully in 2016/17.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Management development – this 
included the establishment of a 
modular training programme covering 
areas such as behavioural and 
communication preferences, effective 
communication and assertiveness. This 
programme will continue in 2016/17.

Emissions from:
Scope 1 – combustion of fuel and operation of facilities
Scope 2 – electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased 
for own use
Total CO2e emissions
Intensity measurement:
Absolute tonnes equivalent CO2e per £m of revenue

Tonnes of CO2e

2016
4,880

5,853
10,733

2016
45

2015
5,529

6,345
11,874

2015
59

45

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

BUILDING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS

In 2015/16 we supported a number 
of universities, colleges and schools 
including Nottingham Trent University 
with the provision of guest lecturers and 
attendance at careers fairs. In the next 
year, we will continue to derive additional 
value from our strategic partnerships and 
explore opportunities for action learning, 
joint projects and secondments and at 
the same time publicise the benefits of a 
career within our industry sector.

Employee engagement and 
well-being
We recognise that happy and healthy 
employees are crucial to the achievement 
of our strategic plans.

In 2015/16, we reviewed our occupational 
health provision and highlighted priority 
areas for promoting the benefits of 
health to our employees. We provided 
all employees with the opportunity to 
access health check appointments. We 
also reviewed and refreshed our drug and 
alcohol policy.

The Group regards employee 
communication as a vital business 
function. During the year, we continued 
to focus on improving our internal 
communications. Our processes now 
include communication and consultation 
in a variety of formats across the Group’s 
locations including tool box talks, daily 
meetings on shop floors, trade union 
consultation meetings, team briefings, 
location committees, internally published 
newsletters and noticeboards.

Group communications include 
presentations from the chief executive 
officer at staff roadshows. Results 
presentations are made to all employees 
across the Group which improves our 
employees’ understanding of the financial 
and economic factors affecting its 
performance.

In 2015/16, we launched a sharesave 
scheme (‘SAYE’), in addition to our existing 
share incentive plans (‘SIPs’), which was 
taken up by a third of our employees at an 
average saving of £175 per month. We were 
delighted at this level of participation and 
recognise this as a clear sign of our people 
being engaged with our business. 

We plan to conduct an externally 
facilitated staff engagement survey in 
2016/17 to assess our improvement since 
our first survey in October 2014 and we 
will compare the results against external 
benchmarks. 

Diversity
At 31 March 2016, the Group workforce 
consisted of 1,329 employees of whom 
97 (7 per cent) were female. Of our senior 
management team of 93 employees, 7 
(8 per cent) were female. The Group’s 
executive committee (see page 60) had 
one female member and the board of 
directors (see page 58) had no female 
representation. We do not currently 
monitor ethnicity.

In 2015/16, we conducted a significant 
review of our equal opportunities and 
family friendly policies. As a result, we 

relaunched our policies and enhanced our 
maternity provisions to support diversity 
and encourage women to return to us 
following leave.

During the year we worked closely 
with Women in Construction to provide 
opportunities for women to work on our 
construction sites and with a number 
of schools and colleges to encourage 
under-represented groups to study STEM 
subjects.

In the coming year, we will monitor the 
success of our policies and procedures in 
encouraging greater diversity across the 
Group as a whole and in achieving greater 
diversity at all senior levels.

Reward
We recognise that our approach to 
reward is critical to our ability to both 
attract and retain the best people and 
drive a performance culture. Each of our 
businesses offers a competitive reward 
package appropriate to the labour market 
in which they operate and review salaries 
annually in line with market rates. Our 
focus is on cash and variable pay rather 
than fixed benefits and each division’s 
reward package includes an annual 
Group profit performance-related bonus 
which encourages the achievement of our 
strategic objectives.

Our people are also eligible to participate 
in a Group defined contribution pension 
scheme from the first day of their 
employment with us. Employees also 
have the option to make their own 
contributions through salary sacrifice. We 
continue to facilitate a number of flexible 
benefits that enable our people to access 
programmes and savings that would not 
be available to them on an individual 
basis without additional cost to the Group. 
These include cycle to work, childcare 
voucher and discount schemes.

Severfield is committed to being a living 
wage employer. All direct employees in the 
UK are paid above the UK living wage and 
all our London-based employees are paid 
in excess of the London living wage.

We recognise and reward the loyalty of our 
people and in 2015/16 we celebrated 25 
years’ service with five people.

46

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Building a sustainable business

COMMUNITIES
We continue to engage with our 
communities by supporting charitable 
concerns and local initiatives. During 
2015/16 the Group carried out a diverse 
range of activities and programmes 
including; attending careers events and 
school fairs and mentoring young people 
who have chosen to study STEM subjects. 
Several employees within the Group 
are STEM ambassadors. They support 
teachers in the classroom by inspiring and 
encouraging young people to enjoy STEM 
subjects.

We assisted the National Careers Service 
in Yorkshire and Humber by enabling 
videography at our Dalton site to produce 
a film for the LEP York, North Yorkshire and 
East Riding area. This film, to be shown 
in schools and colleges, brings the local 
economy to life and seeks to match young 
people’s employment aspirations and the 
opportunities available within the area.

In 2015/16, Group employees have worked 
hard to raise funds for many different 
charitable organisations, including 
Oxfam, Macmillan Cancer Support, the 
Yorkshire Air Ambulance, the British Heart 
Foundation, Cancer Research UK, St 
Catherine’s Hospice (Scarborough), Bolton 
Hospice and the Northern Ireland Chest, 
Heart and Stroke Baby Hearts Appeal.

The Group companies also continue to 
spread thought leadership to employees, 
customers, suppliers and potential 
employees via various initiatives including 
internal company newsletters, seminars, 
industry-specific exhibitions, site visits 
to view projects and events. Our internal 
company newsletter shares good news 

stories regarding charity initiatives on a 
quarterly basis.

Severfield Foundation
We have recently set up the Severfield 
Foundation as a registered charitable 
incorporated organisation. The Foundation 
will raise funding for, and offer practical 
assistance to, charitable bodies throughout 
the UK, mainly through the activities of 
Severfield employees and companies.

We are encouraging employees to raise 
money for charity with the incentive of 
matched funding from the Foundation. 
We have set fundraising challenges to our 
Group companies for 2016/17.

Our employees will be at the forefront of 
the Foundation’s activities, contributing 
to and taking part in events and with 
their help our vision is to develop the 
Foundation into a leading and effective 
charitable trust, which will help and 
support disadvantaged people and local 
communities.

Each year we will support a major ‘partner’ 
charity and the local charities chosen by 
each Group company (as decided by the 
staff in each location). All moneys raised 
will be split between one of the local 
charities and the Group’s ‘partner’ charity.

For 2016/17 we have chosen Prostate UK 
as our ‘partner’ charity. We intend to help 
raise much needed funds and awareness 
of prostate cancer because our workforce 
is predominantly male and 1 in 8 men in 
the UK will get prostate cancer at some 
point in their lives.

The Foundation will be run by its trustees 
(who are all employees of the Group).

Human rights
Human rights are basic rights for 
individuals. They form the foundations for 
freedom, justice and peace. They apply 
equally and universally in all countries, 
irrespective of the legal framework. 
Respecting human rights in our business 
operations and business relationships is 
the foundation of our social responsibility.

We aim to operate in accordance with 
the Universal Declaration of Human 
Rights. In addition to this, we respect 
and promote human rights through our 
employment policies and practices, 
through our supply chain and through the 
responsible provision of our products and 
services. We also seek to ensure that the 
supply chains we utilise act with social 
and environmental responsibility in mind. 
The promotion of human rights through 
our business activities forms part of our 
broader objective to be a values-driven 
organisation.

We have set human rights principles as 
follows:

(cid:228)(cid:3) We will create employment 

environments that promote and 
respect the rights of individuals;

(cid:228)(cid:3) We will not participate in the condoning 

of human rights violations;

(cid:228)(cid:3) Were we to discover, or be made aware, 

that we had been associated with 
human rights violations including any 
acts of modern day slavery and human 
trafficking in the supply chain we would 
take steps to rectify the situation, 
taking account of the interests of those 
whose rights are being violated.

We are looking pragmatically at our 
supply chain processes to give us added 
confidence that they help us address the 
requirements of the Modern Slavery Act. 
We are adopting a risk based approach to 
this exercise.

47

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

RISK MANAGEMENT

STRONG AND EFFECTIVE RISK MANAGEMENT IS AT THE HEART OF HOW  
THE DIRECTORS RUN THE BUSINESS AND SUPPORTS THE ACHIEVEMENT  
OF THE GROUP’S STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES. THE BOARD BELIEVES THAT  
ONGOING CONSIDERATION OF, AND REGULAR UPDATES TO, THE GROUP’S  
RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK ENABLE THE EFFECTIVE BALANCING OF  
RISK AND REWARD.

Risk management process
The board has overall responsibility for 
the Group’s risk management and systems 
of internal control and for determining the 
nature and extent of the significant risks it 
is willing to take in achieving its strategic 
objectives. An ongoing process has been 
established for identifying, evaluating 
and managing the significant risks faced 
by the Group and this year, in response to 
changes to FRC guidance, the Group has 
further enhanced its risk management 
and internal control processes. A Group 
assurance map is used to co-ordinate the 
various assurance providers within the 
Group and a new compliance framework 
provides the board with a ready reference 
tool for monitoring compliance across the 
Group.

The board formally reviews risks and 
mitigations for the Group and each of 
the businesses on a biannual basis. The 
key elements of this risk management 
process are:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Senior management from all key 

disciplines and businesses within 
the Group continue to be involved in 
the process of risk assessment and 
monitoring in order to identify and 
assess Group objectives, key issues 
and controls. Further reviews are 
performed to identify and monitor 
those risks relevant to the Group as a 
whole. This process encompasses all 
aspects of risk, including operational, 
compliance, financial and strategic.

(cid:228)(cid:3)

Identified risk events, their causes and 
possible consequences are recorded 
in risk registers. Their likelihood and 
potential business impact and the 
control systems that are in place 
to manage them are analysed and, 
if required, additional actions are 
developed and put in place to mitigate 
or eliminate unwanted exposures. 
Individuals are allocated responsibility 
for evaluating and managing these 
risks within an agreed timetable.

(cid:228)(cid:3) The Group establishes its risk appetite 
through use of delegated authorities 
so that matters considered higher 
risk require the approval of senior 
management or the board. These 
include, but are not limited to, tender 
pricing, bid submissions, approval of 
contract variations and final account 
settlements, capital requirements, 
procurement, and certain legal and 
strategic matters.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Ongoing risk management and 

assurance is provided through various 
monitoring reviews and reporting 
mechanisms, including the executive 
risk committee (chaired by Ian Lawson) 
which convenes on a weekly basis 
and has the primary responsibility to 
identify, monitor and control significant 
risks to an acceptable level throughout 
the Group. The committee receives 
information on relevant risk matters 
from a variety of sources on a regular 
basis.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Subsidiary company boards consider 
and report on risk on a monthly basis 
as part of the monthly business review 
process. This process is followed to 
ensure that, as far as possible, the 
controls and safeguards are being 
operated in line with established 
procedures and standards.

(cid:228)(cid:3) On a quarterly basis, the significant 

risks identified by the Group’s 
businesses are discussed in detail 
with each management team. In 
addition, the Group finance director, 
legal director and IT manager meet 
on a quarterly basis to review IT risks 
facing the Group. The outcome of these 
discussions is collated and reported to 
the executive committee.

(cid:228)(cid:3) The risk registers of each business, 

together with the Group IT risk register, 
are updated and, together with a 
consolidated Group risk register 
compiled by the executive committee, 
are reported to the audit committee 
twice yearly, to ensure that adequate 
information in relation to risk 
management matters is available to 
the board and to allow board members 
the opportunity to challenge and review 
the risks identified and to consider in 
detail the various impacts of the risks 
and the mitigations in place.

48

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Risk management

First line of defence — management activity

Second line of defence — Group oversight

Third line of defence — independent review

                OTHE

R T

H
I
R

D

L AUDIT

                                                        G R O UP POLICIES                                
                  D I V I S I O NAL BOA

GROUP BOARD

R

D

S

A
N
R
E
T
N

I

P

A

R

T

Y

A

S

S

U

R
A
N
C
E

C

E

O

E

X

M

X

E

C

C

M

E

C

I

O

U

T

U

RISK APPETITE

M

T

T

T

I

M

V

E

I

V

E

I

E

E

T

T

R

A

I

N

E

S

E

D

K

M

A

N

A

GEMEN T   A C

SAFETY 
LEADERSHIP 
TEAM (‘SLT’)

T IVITY

E

E

T

D I T
U
A
O M M I T

C

S
N
E
ATIO
E
T
MIT
MIN
M
O
C

O
N

EXTERNAL  A U D I T

Three lines of defence
The Group manages risk by operating a 
‘three lines of defence’ assurance model 
(management activity, Group oversight 
and independent review), which is mapped 
against the Company’s principal risks. 
This process is summarised in the Group 
assurance map.

A. First line of defence: 
management activity
The first line of defence involves senior 
management implementing and 
maintaining effective internal controls 
and risk management procedures. These 
internal controls cover all areas of the 
Group’s operations. There are inherent 
limitations in any system of internal 
control and, accordingly, even the 
most effective system can provide only 
reasonable, and not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. 
The system is designed to manage rather 
than eliminate the risk of failure to 
achieve the Group’s objectives.

The key features of the Group’s framework 
of internal controls are as follows:

Project management procedures — 
project risk is managed throughout the 
life of a contract from the tender stage to 
completion. Individual tenders for projects 
are subject to detailed review with 
approvals required at relevant levels and 
at various stages from commencement 
of the tender process through to contract 
award. Tenders above a certain value and 
those involving an unusually high degree 
of technical or commercial risk must 
be approved at a senior level within the 
Group.

Robust procedures exist to manage 
the ongoing risks associated with 
contracts. Regular monthly contract 
reviews to assess contract performance, 
covering both financial and operational 
issues, form an integral part of contract 
forecasting procedures.

Health and safety — SHE issues and 
risks are continually monitored at all 
sites and are reviewed on a monthly basis 
by senior management and the board. 
The Group has a well-developed health 
and safety management system for the 
internal and external control of health 
and safety risks which is managed by 
the Group SHE director. This includes the 
use of risk management systems for the 
identification, mitigation and reporting 
of health and safety management 
information.

Financial control — the Group 
maintains a strong system of accounting 
and financial management controls. 
Standard financial control procedures 
operate throughout the Group to ensure 
the integrity of the Group’s financial 
statements.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                         
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                     
 
 
 
 
 
                                                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                         
 
 
 
 
 
                                                            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                         
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group operates a comprehensive 
budgeting and forecasting system. Risks 
are identified and appraised throughout 
the annual process of preparing budgets. 
The annual budget and quarterly 
forecasts are approved by the board.

A formal quarterly review of each 
business’s year-end forecast, business 
performance, risk and internal control 
matters is carried out by the directors 
of each business unit with the chief 
executive officer, Group finance director 
and chief operating officer in attendance.

Cash and working capital management 
— cash flow forecasts are regularly 
prepared to ensure that the Group has 
adequate funds and resources for the 
foreseeable future and is in compliance 
with banking covenants. Each business 
reports its cash position daily. Actual cash 
performance is compared to forecast on a 
weekly basis.

B. Second line of defence: 
Group oversight
The first line of defence is supported by 
certain Group policies, functions and 
committees which, in combination, form 
the second line of defence.

Group policies — internal controls across 
financial, operational and compliance 
systems are provided principally through 
the requirement to adhere to the Group 
finance manual, divisional procedures and 
a number of Group-wide policies (such 
as the Group authorisation policy, the 
contract sign-off process the purchase 
contract guidelines, the anti-bribery 
policy, the Competition Law compliance 
policy, the quality manual, the health 
and safety policy and the environmental 
policy). During the year, we also updated 
our data protection and CCTV policies 
and established a comprehensive new 
information security management system, 
for which we are seeking accreditation 
under ISO 27001. This will give further 
assurance as to the Group’s resilience to 
cyber risk.

These policies are supported by 
statements of compliance from all 
directors and letters of assurance 
(‘LoA’) from the Group’s three managing 
directors. LoAs are now required twice 
yearly, one at 30 September and one at  
31 March (only one LoA was required at 
the year-end stage in the previous year).  
In the current year, we have introduced 
more formality into the process 
through the use of an internal control 
questionnaire (ICQ) which is completed by 
each business unit and which provides a 
detailed basis for management to satisfy 
themselves that they are complying 
with all key control requirements. The 
responses in these ICQs are subject to 
ongoing independent review by PwC, the 
Group’s internal auditor.

The following main committees provide 
oversight of management activities:

The executive committee, risk 
committee and safety leadership team 
— these committees are responsible 
for the identification, reporting and 
ongoing management of risks and for 
the stewardship of the Group’s risk 
management approach.

The audit committee — the board has 
delegated responsibility to this committee 
for overseeing the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal control function and risk 
management systems.

The nominations committee — this 
committee ensures that the board 
has the appropriate balance of skills 
and knowledge required to assess 
and address risk and that appropriate 
succession plans are in place.

C. Third line of defence: 
independent review
The third line of defence represents 
independent assurance which is provided 
mainly by the internal auditor, external 
auditor and various external consultants 
and advisers. External consultants and 
advisers support management and the 
board through ad hoc consulting activities, 
as required.

Internal auditor — the audit committee 
annually reviews and approves the PwC 
internal audit programme for the year.  
The committee reviews progress 
against the plan at each of its meetings 

considering the adequacy of audit 
resource, the results of audit findings and 
any changes in business circumstances 
which may require additional audits.

The results of internal audits are 
reported to the executive team and 
senior management and where required 
corrective actions are agreed. The results 
of all audits are summarised for the audit 
committee along with progress against 
agreed actions.

Annual review of 
effectiveness
The risk management and internal 
control systems have been in place for 
the year under review and up to the date 
of approval of the annual report, and are 
regularly reviewed by the board. The board 
monitors executive management’s action 
plans to implement improvements in 
internal controls that have been identified 
following the processes described above.

The board confirms that it has not 
identified any significant failings or 
weaknesses in the Group’s systems of 
risk management or internal control as a 
result of information provided to the board 
and resulting discussions.

Risk appetite
The level of risk it is considered 
appropriate to accept in achieving 
the Group’s strategic objectives is 
reviewed and validated by the board. 
The appropriateness of the mitigating 
actions is determined in accordance with 
the board-approved risk appetite for the 
relevant area.

The organisation’s approach is to minimise 
exposure to reputational, financial and 
operational risk, whilst accepting and 
recognising a risk/reward trade-off in the 
pursuit of its strategic and commercial 
objectives. Operating in the construction 
industry, the reputation of the Group 
is imperative to its continued success 
and cannot be risked. Consequently, it 
has a zero tolerance for risks relating to 
health and safety. However, management 
recognises that certain strategic, 
commercial and investment risks will be 
required to seize opportunities and deliver 
growth in line with the Group’s strategic 
objectives.

50

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Risk management

Changes to principal risks 
since last year
The following items, which were 
highlighted as principal risks in the 
previous year, are not classified as such in 
the current year annual report:

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

Inadequate supply chain management 
(the poor performance of a supply 
chain partner exposing the Group to 
liability for defective workmanship, 
materials or design). This has been 
downgraded to reflect improvements 
to standard Group procurement 
policies and conditions, accreditation 
procedures and management teams.

Inadequate business continuity 
planning (interruptions to the Group’s 
fabrication facilities having greater 
consequences than should be the 
case). This has been downgraded 
following the implementation of a 
number of improvements following a 
targeted strategic review performed by 
internal audit (then KPMG).

The principal risk described in the 
previous year’s annual report as ‘IT 
failure or disruption’ has been renamed 
as ‘IT resilience’ to reflect both the 
improvements made to disaster recovery 
planning and the greater perceived risk 
of cyber-attack in the current operating 
environment.

51

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

RISK MANAGEMENT

2015/16 principal risks
The board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties which have the potential to impact the Group’s 
profitability and ability to achieve its strategic objectives. This list is not intended to be exhaustive. Additional risks and uncertainties 
not presently known to management or deemed to be less significant at the date of this report may also have the potential to have an 
adverse effect on the Group.

Our principal risks are set out below. The scoring of each risk as high, medium or low is determined by taking into account the 
potential impact and likelihood associated with the crystallisation of each risk. Assessment of impact takes into account both 
potential and reputational issues. 

Tendering and 
project execution

Link to strategy: 

Link to KPIs:          

1

2

3

4

5

6

High

Stable   

Description
Failure to accurately estimate and evaluate the contract risks, costs to complete, contract duration and the impact of price 
increases could result in a contract being mispriced.

As contracts progress, there are likely to be changes to the work packages being undertaken which could result in the Group not 
being appropriately reimbursed for the cost of these variations as a result of poor commercial controls, disagreements or disputes.

Execution failure on a high-profile contract could result in reputational damage.

Impact
Poor contract tendering and execution could result in adverse business performance, price and margin pressure and missed growth 
targets. The Group may need to resort to legal action to resolve disputes, which can be costly and may damage client relationships.

Mitigation
(cid:228)(cid:3) Continued strengthening of senior management team to improve process and discipline around contract risk assessment, 

engagement and execution.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Estimating processes are in place with approvals by appropriate levels of management.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Tender settlement processes are in place to give senior management regular visibility of major tenders.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Work performed under minimum standard terms (to mitigate onerous contract terms) where possible.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Established system of monthly reviews to measure and report contract progress and estimated outturns, including contract variations.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Use of Group authorisation policy to ensure appropriate contract tendering and acceptance.

Commercial and 
market environment

Link to strategy: 

Link to KPIs:          

1

2

3

4

5

6

Medium

Stable   

Description
Changes in government and client spending or other external factors could lead to programme and contract delays or 
cancellations, or changes in market growth.

Lower than anticipated demand could result in increased competition, tighter margins and the transfer of commercial, technical 
and financial risk down the supply chain, through more demanding contract terms and longer payment cycles.
Impact
A significant fall in construction activity could adversely impact revenues, profits, ability to recover overheads and cash generation.

Mitigation
(cid:228)(cid:3) Regular reviews of market trends performed (as part of the Group’s annual strategic planning process) to ensure actual and 

anticipated impacts from macroeconomic risks are minimised and managed effectively.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Regular monitoring and reporting of financial performance, orders secured, hot prospects and pipeline of opportunities.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Close management of capital investment and focus on maximising asset utilisation to ensure alignment of our capacity and 

volume demand from clients.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Close engagement with both customers and suppliers and monitoring of payment cycles.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Ongoing assessment of financial solvency and strength of counterparties throughout the life of contracts.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Continuing use of credit insurance to minimise impact of customer failure.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Strong balance sheet (the Group is cash-positive) supports the business through fluctuations in the economic conditions for the sector.

52

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Risk management

Key to strategic icons:

Growth

Operational  
excellence

Clients

People

India

Key performance indicator reference number:

1 Underlying operating profit and margin

2 Underlying basic earnings per share (‘EPS’)

3 Revenue growth

4 Operating cash conversion

5 Return on capital employed (‘ROCE’)

6 Order book

7 Accident frequency rate (‘AFR’)

Health and  
safety

Link to strategy: 

Link to KPIs:          

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Medium

Stable   

Description
The Group works on significant, complex and potentially hazardous projects which require continuous monitoring and 
management of health and safety risks. Ineffective management of health and safety issues could lead to a serious injury or death 
or damage to property or equipment.

Impact
A serious health and safety incident could lead to the potential for legal proceedings, regulatory intervention, project delays, 
potential loss of reputation and ultimately exclusion from future business.

Mitigation
(cid:228)(cid:3) Established safety systems, site visits, monitoring and reporting, and detailed health and safety policies and procedures, are in 

place across the Group.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Thorough and regular employee training programmes, including new behavioural safety training initiatives, under the leadership 

of the Group SHE director.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Director-led safety leadership teams established to bring innovative solutions and to engage with all stakeholders to deliver 

continuous improvement in standards across the business and wider industry.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Priority board review of ongoing performance.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Regular reporting of and investigation and root cause analysis of accidents and near misses.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Achievement of challenging health and safety performance targets is a key element of management remuneration.

Supply chain

Link to strategy: 

Link to KPIs:          

1

2

3

4

5

6

Medium

Increased   

Description
The Group is reliant on certain key supply chain partners for the successful operational delivery of contracts to meet client 
expectations. The failure of a key supplier or a breakdown in relationships with a key supplier could result in some short-term 
disruption to the Group’s operations.

Impact
Interruption of supply or poor performance by a supply chain partner could impact the Group’s execution of existing contracts, its 
ability to bid for future contracts and its reputation, thereby adversely impacting financial performance.

Mitigation
(cid:228)(cid:3)

Initiatives are in place to select supply chain partners that match our expectations in terms of quality, sustainability and 
commitment to client service.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Strong relationships maintained with key suppliers including a programme of regular meetings and reviews.
(cid:228)(cid:3) No single sourcing arrangements in place.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Contingency plans developed to address supplier and subcontractor failure.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Ongoing reassessment of the strategic value of supply relationships and the potential to utilise alternative arrangements.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Monthly review process to facilitate early warning of issues and subsequent mitigation strategies.
(cid:228)(cid:3)

Implementation of new purchase contract guidelines.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
       
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

RISK MANAGEMENT

Indian joint venture

Link to strategy: 

Link to KPIs:          

2

5

Medium

Stable   

Description
The growth, management and performance of the business is a key element of the Group’s overall performance. Effective 
management of the joint venture is therefore important to the Group’s continuing success.

Crucial to the long-term success of the joint venture is the development of the market for steel (rather than concrete) construction.

Impact
Failure to effectively manage operations in India could lead to financial loss, reputational damage and a drain on cash resources to 
fund the operations.

Mitigation
(cid:228)(cid:3) Robust joint venture agreement.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Two members of the Group’s board of directors are members of the joint venture board.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Strong governance in place at the joint venture.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Regular formal and informal meetings held with both joint venture management and joint venture partners.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Contract risk assessment, engagement and execution process now embedded in the joint venture.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Overhead reduction and operational improvement programmes are ongoing.

Link to strategy: 

Information 
technology 
resilience
Description
Technology failure, cyber-attack or property damage could lead to IT disruption with resultant loss of data, loss of system 
functionality and business interruption.

Link to KPIs:          

1

2

4

5

Medium

Increased   

The Group’s core IT systems must be managed effectively, to avoid interruptions, keep pace with new technologies and respond to 
threats to data and security.

Impact
Prolonged or major failure of IT systems could result in business interruption, financial losses, loss of confidential data, negative 
reputational impact and breaches of regulations. If the Group fails to invest in its IT systems, it will ultimately be unable to meet the 
future needs of the business and fulfil its strategy.

Mitigation
(cid:228)(cid:3)

IT is the responsibility of a central function which manages the majority of the systems across the Group. Other IT systems are 
managed locally by experienced IT personnel.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Significant investments in IT systems are subject to board approval.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Group IT committee ensures focused strategic development and resolution of issues impacting the Group’s technology 

environment.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Robust business continuity plans are in place.
(cid:228)(cid:3) Data protection and information security policies are in place across the Group, including anti-virus software, off-site and  

on-site backups, storage area networks, software maintenance agreements and virtualisation of the IT environment.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Cyber-crimes and associated IT risks are assessed on a continual basis.
(cid:228)(cid:3)

ISO 27001 certification project is ongoing to further improve the Group’s information security environment.

54

  
        
 
  
  
  
    
 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Strategic report / Risk management

People

Link to strategy: 

Link to KPIs:          

1

2

3

5

6

Medium

Reduced   

Description
In the current improving economic environment, it can become increasingly difficult to recruit capable people and retain key 
employees, especially those targeted by competitors. The ability to identify, attract, develop and retain talent is crucial to satisfy  
the current and future needs of the business.

Impact
Loss of key people could adversely impact the Group’s existing market position and reputation. Insufficient growth and  
development of its people and skillsets could adversely affect its ability to deliver its strategic objectives.

Mitigation
(cid:228)(cid:3) Remuneration policy is regularly reviewed (and benchmarked where possible) to ensure that it is competitive and strikes the 

appropriate balance between short and long-term rewards and incentives.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Skills gaps are continually identified and actions put in place to bridge these by training, development or external recruitment.

(cid:228)(cid:3)

In 2015/16 we conducted a Group-wide review of emerging talent to ensure consistency and visibility of talent, succession 
planning and career opportunity.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Annual appraisal process is now in place (providing 360 degree feedback on performance for certain employees).

(cid:228)(cid:3) Leadership and management development plans are in place.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Graduate, trainee and apprenticeship schemes are in place to safeguard an inflow of new talent.

Industrial relations

Link to strategy: 

Link to KPIs:          

1

2

5

Medium

Stable   

Description
The Group (and the industry in general) has a significant number of members who are members of trade unions. Industrial action 
taken by employees could impact on the ability of the Group to maintain effective levels of production.

Impact
Interruption to production by industrial action could impact both the Group’s performance on existing contracts, its ability to bid  
for future contracts and its reputation, thereby adversely impacting its financial performance.

Mitigation
(cid:228)(cid:3) Employee and union engagement takes place on a regular basis.

(cid:228)(cid:3) The Group has four main production facilities so interruption at one facility could to some extent be absorbed by increasing 

capacity at a sister facility.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Processes are in place to mitigate disruptions as a result of industrial action.

55

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

56

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance

Our governance
Board of directors

Executive committee

Chairman’s letter

Corporate governance report

Audit committee report

Nominations committee report

Directors’ report 

Directors’ remuneration report

  — Letter from the committee chairman

  — Policy

  — Implementation

Directors’ responsibilities statement

58

60

62

63

67

70

71

74

76

81

89

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

57

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

John Dodds  

Appointed: 2010 (non-executive director) and 2011 (chairman)

Ian Lawson

Appointed: 2013

Non-executive chairman

Chief executive officer

Ian Cochrane

Appointed: 2013

Chief operating officer

John retired in March 2010 from Kier Group plc, 
the construction and property services group, after 
serving for seven years as group chief executive. 
He worked for Kier, both in the UK and overseas, 
for nearly 40 years and held a main board position 
through the employee buy-out process in 1992 
and the subsequent flotation of the group on the 
London Stock Exchange in 1996.

John is non-executive chairman of Lagan Construction 
Holdings Limited and Sweett Group plc and a non-
executive director of Newbury Racecourse plc.

Ian was previously a main board director of Kier Group 
plc. He was first appointed to the board of Kier as 
executive director in 2005 with responsibility initially 
for its services division and later he also assumed 
responsibility for the property division. Before joining 
Kier in 2000, Ian had a successful career at Bickerton 
Group plc where he was managing director.

Ian, who is a fellow of both The Royal Institution 
of Chartered Surveyors (FRICS) and the Chartered 
Institute of Building (FCIOB), has a wide range 
of skills and experience from working within the 
construction industry for more than 35 years.

Ian joined the Group in 2007, following the 
acquisition of Fisher Engineering. Ian worked 
at Fisher Engineering for 26 years, starting in 
the drawing office and progressing to managing 
director in October 2007. He previously held the 
position of Group operations director.

Ian has a comprehensive understanding of all 
aspects of the business and has been involved 
in many major projects in the UK and Ireland, 
representing a range of market sectors.

Alan Dunsmore

Appointed: 2010

Group finance director

Alan joined the Group from Smiths Group plc. He 
joined Smiths Group medical division in 1995, 
holding various positions throughout the business 
and from 2004 was director of finance for Smiths 
Detection.

Prior to joining Smiths, he was with Coopers 
and Lybrand in Glasgow, where he qualified as a 
chartered accountant in 1992.

Derek Randall

Appointed: 2008

Executive director and managing director 
at JSW Severfield Structures Limited

Derek previously held the position of executive 
director for business development until his 
appointment in December 2013 as managing 
director of JSW Severfield Structures Limited 
(JSSL), our joint venture in India.

Before joining the Group, most of Derek’s career 
was with Corus Group (now Tata Steel) where his 
last position was as commercial director of the long 
products division.

Derek has held a number of international board 
positions with Corus and served on the executive 
council of the Steel Construction Institute.

Kevin Whiteman

Appointed: 2014

Senior independent director

A chartered engineer, Kevin was chief executive of 
Kelda Group and Yorkshire Water for a period of 
eight years. Kevin was non-executive chairman of 
both companies from 2010 to March 2015.

In 2013 he became chairman of the privately owned 
NG Bailey. Kevin was previously chief executive 
officer for the National Rivers Authority, regional 
director of the Environment Agency, and has held 
a number of senior positions within British Coal. 
He was also chairman for Wales and West Gas 
Networks (UK) Limited, and has been a trustee for 
WaterAid UK.

58

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Board of directors

Tony Osbaldiston

Appointed: 2014
Non-executive director

Alun Griffiths

Appointed: 2014

Chris Holt

Appointed: 2011

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

A chartered accountant having qualified with PwC, 
Tony was previously finance director of Max Factor 
UK, Volvo Cars UK, Raymarine plc and FirstGroup 
plc. He was also deputy group chief executive 
officer and chief executive officer of FirstGroup 
America.

Alun was previously Group HR director and board 
member at WS Atkins plc, where he enjoyed a 
28-year career, having held a number of business 
management and corporate positions. He is a 
fellow of the Chartered Institute of Personnel and 
Development.

Tony has been a non-executive director and 
chairman of the audit committee of BSS Group plc, 
and chairman of the remuneration committee of 
Synstar International plc. He is currently chairman 
of Encon, the insulation and building products 
distributor, and also non-executive director and 
chairman of the audit and risk committee of the 
Serious Fraud Office.

Alun is also a non-executive director of the Port of 
London Authority, Anchor Trust, Ramboll Group and 
the McLean Partnership Limited.

Chris retired in September 2010 from MJ Gleeson 
Group plc after serving two years as chief executive 
officer, prior to which he held the position of group 
finance director.

Chris’s experience also includes 17 years with 
Foster Wheeler Limited as finance director and 
deputy chairman of the UK subsidiary company 
and 12 years with Bechtel Corporation.

Chris is a graduate of Leeds University, a qualified 
accountant and has an MBA from Golden Gate 
University, San Francisco.

59

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

8

5

9

1

2

3

6

4

7

60

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Executive committee

9

  Sian Evans 

Group HR director 
Sian joined the Group in January 
2013.

Her career in human resources 
started at William Morrison 
Supermarkets in 1990 and 
covered a wide range of industry 
sectors including Ciba Specialty 
Chemicals, Redcats UK and 
Callcredit Information Group 
where she held the position of 
group HR director.

She is a fellow of the Chartered 
Institute of Personnel and 
Development.

6

  Brian Keys 

Managing director, Severfield (NI) 
Brian joined Severfield (NI), 
formerly Fisher Engineering, as 
production manager in 1986. In 
2007, prior to the acquisition of 
Fisher Engineering by the Group, 
Brian became production director, 
a role which he performed until his 
appointment as managing director 
in March 2013.

Brian has been involved in the 
successful delivery of many major 
projects throughout Ireland and 
the UK during his career with the 
Group and Severfield (NI).

7

  Mark Sanderson 

Group legal director and Company 
secretary 
Mark joined the Group in 
September 2013.

8

His previous role was as group 
legal director for the utility 
specialist, Enterprise plc, until its 
acquisition by Ferrovial in April 
2013. He also worked in private 
practice as a projects partner, 
most recently at Walker Morris 
and prior to that Pinsent Masons.

Mark has over 20 years of 
experience in the construction and 
engineering sector.

  Martin Kelly 

Group strategic business 
development director 
Martin, who is a chartered 
accountant, joined the Group in 
October 2014 from KPMG where 
he was a director. He enjoyed a 
16-year career with KPMG, more 
recently working as a sector 
specialist in the firms’ advisory 
department.

Martin also spent two years 
working with Arup and 10 
years as a quantity surveyor 
which, together with his work 
at KPMG, provides him with a 
comprehensive perspective of the 
construction industry.

1

2

3

  Ian Lawson 

Chief executive officer 
For details see board of directors 
on page 58

  Ian Cochrane 

Chief operating officer 
For details see board of directors 
on page 58

  Alan Dunsmore 

Group finance director 
For details see board of directors 
on page 58

Not 
pictured

  Derek Randall 

Executive director and managing 
director at JSW Severfield 
Structures 
For details see board of directors 
on page 58

4

5

  Gary Wintersgill 

Managing director, Severfield 
(UK) 
Gary joined the Group in November 
2014, after 10  years with Kier Group 
plc, the last three as managing 
director of Kier northern operations.

As a fellow of the Institution of Civil 
Engineers (‘ICE’), Gary has over 20 
years of broad experience within 
the construction industry. He acts 
as a supervising civil engineer 
for the ICE and is also deputy 
chairman of the Construction 
Council for Manchester, whose 
focus is on recruitment of 
apprentices into the industry.

  Jim Martindale 

Managing director, Severfield 
(Design & Build) 
Jim joined Severfield (Design 
& Build), formerly Atlas Ward 
Structures, in 1994 as a design 
engineer. He previously held the 
positions of engineering manager, 
design director and deputy 
managing director, a role that 
he performed until his current 
appointment in January 2014.

Jim has been involved in the 
successful delivery of many 
major projects throughout the UK 
during his career with Atlas Ward 
(which was acquired by the Group 
in 2005). He is also an associate 
member of the Institution of 
Structural Engineers.

61

 
 
 
 
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

CHAIRMAN’S LETTER

In 2015/16, the audit committee 
discussed and agreed the process we 
are required to undertake to enable the 
board to make the new viability statement 
as required under the Code. The viability 
statement is set out on page 41 within the 
strategic report. Also within the strategic 
report, our risk management section 
includes the annual confirmations on risk 
management and internal control that 
were previously included in the corporate 
governance report (see page 63). The 
Group’s risk management processes 
have been further enhanced in 2015/16. 
The process continues to evolve through 
improvements to the Group risk register 
and risk assurance map, together with 
the development of a new compliance 
framework. The audit committee oversees 
the risk management process on behalf of 
the board.

In line with the requirements of the Code, 
we continue to focus on ensuring that 
the views presented in the annual report 
are fair, balanced and understandable 
and provide the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and 
strategy. Further details can be found in 
the audit committee report on page 67.

Board effectiveness
I believe that the Group continues to 
be led by a capable, experienced and 
well-balanced board, strengthened by 
the appointment of the three new non-
executive directors in the previous financial 
year. During 2015/16, the board visited 
the Group’s fabrication facilities at Dalton, 
Sherburn and Enniskillen and toured the 
CMF factory in Pontypool, all of which 
were accompanied by local management 
presentations. Such visits enabled the 
non-executive directors to deepen their 
knowledge and understanding of the day-
to-day functioning of the Group’s operations.

Board evaluation
During the year, an internal board 
evaluation was undertaken by Kevin 
Whiteman, the senior independent 
director. This evaluation tested key 
areas of the board’s work including 
strategy, business performance, risk and 
governance processes and included an 
evaluation of my own performance as well 
as that of individual directors. Following 
this review, and recommendations from 
the nominations committee, I am satisfied 
that the board and its committees are 
performing effectively and that there 
is the appropriate balance of skills, 
experience, independence and knowledge 
of the Group to enable the directors to 
discharge their respective duties and 
responsibilities effectively. I am also 
satisfied that the members of the board, 
in particular the non-executive directors, 
have sufficient time to undertake their 
roles, so as to be able to discharge their 
responsibilities effectively. Accordingly, all 
directors will seek re-election at the AGM.

AGM
Our AGM this year will be held at  
Aldwark Manor Hotel, York, YO61 1UF on  
6 September 2016 at 12.00pm and I look 
forward to seeing you then.

John Dodds 
Non-executive Chairman 
15 June 2016

Compliance with the UK 
Compliance with the UK 
Compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance 
Corporate Governance 
Corporate Governance 
Code
CodeCode
The board considers that it and the 
The board considers that it and the 
Company have, throughout the year,
Company have, throughout the year, 
complied without exception with 
complied without exception with 
the provisions of the UK Corporate 
the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (September 2014), 
Governance Code (September 2014), 
which is the version of the Code which
which is the version of the Code which 
applies to the Company for its 2015/16
applies to the Company for its 2015/16 
financial year. The Code is issued by the
financial year. The Code is issued by the 
FRC and is available for review on the
FRC and is available for review on the 
FRC’s website (www.frc.org.uk).
FRC’s website (www.frc.org.uk).

John Dodds
Chairman

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to introduce the Group’s 
corporate governance report on behalf 
of our board of directors (‘the board’). We 
remain committed to maintaining the high 
standards of corporate governance which 
we believe help to facilitate the success of 
the Group and provide protection for our 
shareholders.

Our corporate governance report is 
set out on pages 63 to 66 and explains 
how we manage the Group and comply 
with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (‘the Code’). Whilst 
currently subject to the provisions of the 
Code applicable to smaller companies, we 
seek, where appropriate, to follow those 
applicable to FTSE 350 companies.

Accountability
In September 2014, the Financial 
Reporting Council (‘FRC’) published the 
latest edition of the Code, which included 
a number of changes around directors’ 
remuneration, risk management and 
internal control, all of which we have 
adopted.

62

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Corporate governance report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

LEADERSHIP

SEVERFIELD PLC BOARD

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

PRINCIPAL COMMITTEES

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES

AUDIT  
COMMITTEE

REMUNERATION  
COMMITTEE

NOMINATIONS  
COMMITTEE

EXECUTIVE 
COMMITTEE

RISK 
 COMMITTEE

SAFETY  
LEADERSHIP  
TEAM ('SLT')

GROUP HUMAN 
RESOURCES ('GHR') 
COMMITTEE

Structure of the board

The Company is controlled through the 
board of directors, which consists of 
the chairman, four other non-executive 
directors and four executive directors. 
Four of these directors have been 
directors of the Company for less than 
three years. The membership of the board 
is stated on pages 58 and 59.

Ian Lawson has board level responsibility 
for corporate and social responsibility and 
employment matters; Ian Cochrane has 
board level responsibility for health and 
safety matters.

Role of the chairman, chief 
executive officer and senior 
independent director
The board has agreed a clear division of 
responsibility between the chairman and 
chief executive officer and their roles and 
responsibilities are clearly established 
and set out in writing.

The chairman, John Dodds, is mainly 
responsible for managing the business of 
the board, evaluating its performance and 
setting the agenda for board meetings to 

ensure that adequate time is allocated 
to the discussion of all agenda items, 
facilitating the effective contribution 
of all directors. The chairman acts as 
an ambassador for the Company and 
provides effective communication 
between the board and its shareholders.

As the senior executive of the Company, 
Ian Lawson is responsible to the chairman 
and the board for directing and prioritising 
the profitable operation and development 
of the Group. The chief executive officer 
is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the operational activities 
of the Group, assessing and implementing 
strategy and implementing the board’s 
decisions.

The chief executive officer chairs an 
executive committee consisting of the 
members indicated on pages 60 and 61. 
This committee assists the main board 
by focusing on strategic and operational 
performance matters relating to the 
business and meets formally on a monthly 
basis. He also, together with the Group 
finance director and chief operating 
officer, holds quarterly meetings with each 
of the three business unit boards to review 

all operational issues and meets with 
an executive risk committee comprising 
himself, the Group finance director, chief 
operating officer and the Group legal 
director on a weekly basis to discuss any 
key issues affecting the business.

In addition, he chairs a safety leadership 
team (‘SLT’) and a Group human resources 
(‘GHR’) meeting once a month, both of 
which consist of certain other members 
of the executive management team and 
business unit managing directors.

Kevin Whiteman is the senior independent 
non-executive director whose role is to 
provide a sounding board for the chairman 
and to serve as an alternative source of 
advice to the chairman for the other non-
executive directors.

The senior independent director is 
available to shareholders if they request 
a meeting or have concerns which 
contact through the normal channels 
has failed to resolve, or where such 
contact is inappropriate. He also leads 
the performance review of the chairman, 
taking into account the views of the 
executive directors.

63

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Independence
All of the non-executive directors 
are considered by the board to be 
independent in character and judgement 
and no cross-directorships exist between 
any of the directors.

At no time during the year ended 31 March 
2016 did any director hold a material 
interest, directly or indirectly, in any 
contract of significance with the Company 
or any subsidiary undertaking other than 
the executive directors in relation to their 
service agreements. The directors have put 
in place procedures to ensure the board 
collectively, and the directors individually, 
comply with the disclosure requirements 
on conflicts of interest set out in the 
Companies Act 2006. The interests of 
the directors in the share capital of the 
Company and its subsidiary undertakings 
and their interests under the performance 
share plan and other share schemes are 
set out in the remuneration report on page 
85. Save as disclosed in the directors’ 
remuneration report, none of the directors, 
or any person connected with them, has 
any interest in the share or loan capital of 
the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Directors to stand for 
election
The Company’s articles of association 
require the directors to offer themselves 
for re-election at least once every three 
years. Notwithstanding this, and in 
accordance with the recommendations 
of the Code, the Company’s policy is that 

all of the directors retire at each AGM 
and may offer themselves for re-election 
by shareholders. Accordingly, all of the 
existing directors whose biographies 
are set out on pages 58 and 59 will be 
standing for re-election at the 2016 AGM.

The board is satisfied that the 
performance of all of the non-executive 
directors continues to be effective and 
that they continue to show commitment 
to their respective roles. Non-executive 
directors are not appointed for a fixed 
term. The terms and conditions of 
appointment of non-executive directors 
will be available for inspection at the AGM.

EFFECTIVENESS 
Operation of the board
The board is responsible for providing 
effective leadership to the Group to create 
and deliver long-term shareholder value. 
This includes setting the strategic direction 
of the Group, reviewing all significant 
aspects of the Group’s activities, overseeing 
the executive management and reviewing 
the overall system of internal control and 
risk management. The board has a formal 
schedule of matters reserved for it. It is 
responsible for overall Group strategy, 
acquisition and divestment policy, approval 
of major capital expenditure projects and 
consideration of significant financing 
matters. It monitors the exposure to key 
business risks including environmental 
and health and safety issues. It reviews 
the Group’s strategic direction, codes of 
conduct, annual budgets, progress towards 

achievement of those budgets, significant 
capital expenditure programmes and the 
annual and half year results.

The board also considers employee issues 
and key appointments. It also ensures 
that all directors receive appropriate 
training on appointment and then 
subsequently as appropriate. Other 
specific responsibilities are delegated to 
the board’s committees described below.

The chairman, together with the Company 
secretary, ensures that the directors 
receive clear information on all relevant 
matters in a timely manner. Board papers 
are circulated sufficiently in advance 
of meetings for them to be thoroughly 
digested to ensure clarity of informed 
debate. The board papers contain the chief 
executive officer’s written report, the Group 
finance director’s and chief operating 
officer’s written reports, high level papers 
on each business area, key metrics and 
specific papers relating to agenda items. 
The board papers are accompanied by a 
management information pack containing 
detailed financial and other supporting 
information. The board receives occasional 
ad hoc papers on matters of particular 
relevance or importance. The board also 
receives presentations from various 
business units.

Board meetings
The directors’ attendance record at the 
scheduled board meetings and board 
committee meetings for the year ended  
31 March 2016 is shown in the table below.

Total number of meetings
Executive directors
Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall
Non-executive directors
John Dodds
Kevin Whiteman 
Tony Osbaldiston 
Alun Griffiths 
Chris Holt

Board 

11

11/11

9/11*
10/11†
11/11

11/11
11/11
11/11
11/11
11/11

Audit 
committee

Remuneration 
committee

Nominations 
committee

4

–
–
–
–

4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4

6

–
–
–
–

6/6
6/6
6/6
6/6
6/6

2

–
–
–
–

2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2

* Ian Cochrane was unable to attend two board meetings: one due to illness and one due to a family bereavement.
†  Alan Dunsmore was unable to attend one board meeting due to illness.

Board meetings are held primarily at the Group’s head office in Dalton, North Yorkshire but also at various locations in London, and at 
the offices of the Group’s other operating subsidiaries to provide non-executive directors the opportunity to increase their knowledge 
and understanding of the Group’s operations.

64

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Corporate governance report

Board calendar 
During the financial year the board discussed and implemented the 
following key actions:

April 2015
(cid:228)(cid:3) Site tour of Sherburn factory with Severfield (Design & Build) 

management presentations

(cid:228)(cid:3) Discussed feedback from Capital Markets Day

(cid:228)(cid:3) Strategic review undertaken

May 2015 
(cid:228)(cid:3) Site tour of Dalton factory with Severfield (UK) management 

presentations

June 2015
(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed and approved annual report and accounts

(cid:228)(cid:3) Approved final dividend 

July 2015
(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed feedback from investor roadshows

(cid:228)(cid:3) Approved appointment of PwC as new internal auditor

September 2015 (two meetings)
(cid:228)(cid:3) Site tour of Enniskillen factory with Severfield (NI) management 

presentations

(cid:228)(cid:3) Update to strategic review undertaken

(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed annual statements of compliance from directors and 

approved conflicts of interest

(cid:228)(cid:3) Approved enhanced risk management and internal control processes

November 2015 (two meetings)
(cid:228)(cid:3) Board site safety visit (Angel Court) and presentation by Group SHE 

director

(cid:228)(cid:3) Approved investment in Composite Metal Flooring (‘CMF’) Limited

(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed and approved half year results 

(cid:228)(cid:3) Approved interim dividend

January 2016
(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed feedback from investor roadshows

February 2016
(cid:228)(cid:3) Agreed scope and content of board and chairman evaluation

March 2016
(cid:228)(cid:3) Site tour of CMF factory in Pontypool with CMF management 

presentations 

(cid:228)(cid:3) Visit to Severfield (UK) offices in Chepstow with management 

presentations from Severfield (UK) bridges division

(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed board and chairman evaluation results

Board evaluation
The board considers that the balance 
of relevant experience amongst the 
various board members enables the 
board to exercise effective leadership 
and control of the Group. It also ensures 
that the decision making process cannot 
be dominated by any individual or small 
group of individuals.

The Code attaches importance to boards 
having processes for individual and 
collective performance evaluation. The 
performance of individual directors is 
evaluated annually in conjunction with the 
remuneration review. The chairman meets 
with the non-executive directors at least 
annually to review their performance.

During the year, the board asked Kevin 
Whiteman, the senior independent 
director, to undertake a formal evaluation 
of board effectiveness. This process was 
undertaken using a questionnaire which 
was completed by all members of the 
board and focused on the performance of 
the chairman and overall cohesiveness 
of the board. The key points arising from 
the evaluation were documented and 
discussed with the chairman.

A further evaluation of the board will  
be undertaken during the year ending  
31 March 2017.

Professional development
Appropriate training and briefing is 
provided to all directors on appointment 
to the board, taking into account their 
individual qualifications and experience. 
This is supplemented with visits to the 
Group’s operations and meetings with 
senior business unit management to 
develop each director’s understanding of 
the business.

Training and updating in relation to the 
business of the Group and the legal and 
regulatory responsibilities of directors 
was provided throughout the year by 
a variety of means to board members 
including presentations by executives, 
visits to business operations and 
circulation of briefing materials. Individual 
directors are also expected to take 
responsibility for identifying their training 
needs and to ensure they are adequately 
informed about the Group and their 
responsibilities as a director.

65

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Non-executive directors are continually 
updated on the Group’s business, its 
markets, social responsibility matters, 
changes to the legal and governance 
environment and other changes impacting 
the Group. During the year, the directors 
received updates on various best practice, 
regulatory and legislative developments.

All directors have access to the advice 
and services of the Group legal director 
and Company secretary who ensures 
that board processes are followed and 
good corporate governance standards 
are maintained. Any director who 
considers it necessary or appropriate 
may take independent professional 
advice in furtherance of their duties at the 
Company’s expense. No directors sought 
such advice in the year.

The board is confident that all its 
members have the knowledge, ability 
and experience to perform the functions 
required of a director of a listed company.

Board committees
The board has established three standing 
committees, all of which operate within 
defined terms of reference, which are 
available from the Company secretary 
by request and will be available for 
inspection at the AGM.

The committees established are the audit 
committee, the remuneration committee 
and the nominations committee. Trading 
companies are managed by separate 
boards of directors. Any matters of a 
material nature concerning the trading 
companies are reported to the board on a 
monthly basis.

Details of the work of the audit, 
nominations and remuneration 
committees are set out on pages 67 to 88.

ACCOUNTABILITY
Financial and business 
reporting
The financial statements contain 
an explanation of the directors’ 
responsibilities in preparing the annual 
report and the financial statements 
(pages 95 to 137) and a statement by the 
auditor concerning their responsibilities 
(page 92). The directors also report that 
the business is a going concern (page 72) 
and detail how the Group generates and 
preserves value over the longer term (the 
business model) and the Group’s strategy 
for delivering its objectives in the strategic 
report (pages 14 to 27). The directors have 
also made a statement about the long-
term viability of the Group, as required 
under the Code (page 41).

Annual report
The board is responsible for the 
preparation of the annual report and the 
financial statements to ensure that the 
annual report taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable.

The annual report is drafted by executive 
management with reviews undertaken 
by third-party advisers as required. 
Additional steps have been built into 
the reporting timetable to ensure that 
directors are given sufficient time 
to review, consider and comment 
on the annual report. Our external 
auditor reviews the narrative sections 
of the annual report to identify any 
material inconsistencies between 
their knowledge acquired during the 
audit and the directors’ ‘fair, balanced 
and understandable’ statement and 
whether the annual report appropriately 
discloses those matters that they have 
communicated to the audit committee. A 
substantially final draft is reviewed by the 
audit committee prior to approval by the 
board.

REMUNERATION
The directors’ remuneration report is on 
pages 74 to 88. It sets out the activities of 
the committee, the levels and components 
of remuneration and refers to the 
development of the remuneration policy.

RELATIONS WITH 
SHAREHOLDERS
The Company encourages two-way 
communication with both its institutional 
and private investors and attempts to 
respond quickly to all queries received 
verbally or in writing.

The executive directors undertake a 
programme of regular communication 
with institutional shareholders and with 
analysts covering the Group’s activities, 
its performance and strategy. Ian Lawson 
and Alan Dunsmore attended several 
meetings with institutional shareholders, 
private investors and analysts during the 
year, at the time of the announcements of 
the Group’s annual and half year results, 
during visits to the Group’s head office 
in North Yorkshire and on an ad hoc 
basis as required. In addition, a capital 
markets event took place on 21 April 
2016, attended by analysts and investors. 
Feedback from those meetings was 
reported to the board, including the non-
executive directors.

The board has sought to use the AGM 
to communicate with private investors 
and encourages their participation. The 
notice of the AGM, detailing all proposed 
resolutions, is posted to shareholders at 
least 20 working days before the meeting.

66

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Audit committee report

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Tony Osbaldiston
Chairman of the audit committee

THE MEMBERS HAVE 
BEEN SELECTED 
TO PROVIDE THE 
WIDE RANGE OF 
FINANCIAL AND 
COMMERCIAL 
EXPERTISE 
NECESSARY 
TO FULFIL THE 
COMMITTEE’S 
DUTIES.”

Members
Tony Osbaldiston (chairman)
Kevin Whiteman
Alun Griffiths
Chris Holt
John Dodds

All committee members during the 
year were independent non-executive 
directors in accordance with the Code. 
The members have been selected to 
provide the wide range of financial and 
commercial expertise necessary to fulfil 
the committee’s duties; Tony Osbaldiston 
and Chris Holt are chartered accountants.

By invitation, there were a number of other 
regular attendees including the Group 
finance director, Group financial controller 
and the internal and external auditors.  
The chief executive officer and the Group 
legal director and Company secretary  
also attended each meeting by invitation.

Meetings are held at least three times  
per annum and additional meetings may 
be requested by the external auditor. The 
committee met on four occasions  
during the year.

Role
The primary function of the committee 
is to assist the board in fulfilling its 
oversight responsibilities. This includes 
reviewing the financial reports and other 
financial information before publication. 
The committee assists the board in 
achieving its obligations under the Code 
in areas of risk management and internal 
control, focusing particularly on areas 
of compliance with legal requirements, 
accounting standards and the Listing 
Rules (Listing Authority Rules for 
companies listed on the London Stock 
Exchange), and ensuring that an effective 
system of internal financial and non-
financial controls is maintained.

The committee also reviews the 
accounting and financial reporting 
processes, along with reviewing the 
roles of and effectiveness of the external 
auditor. The ultimate responsibility for 
reviewing and approving the annual report 
remains with the board.

The responsibility of the committee 
principally falls into the following areas:

(cid:228)(cid:3) To monitor the integrity of the 

financial statements and formal 
announcements and to review 
significant financial reporting 
judgements.

(cid:228)(cid:3) To review the Group’s internal financial 

controls.

(cid:228)(cid:3) To make recommendations to the 

board in relation to the appointment 
and removal of the external auditor  
and to approve its remuneration and  
its terms of engagement.

(cid:228)(cid:3) To review the nature of non-audit 

services supplied and non-audit fees 
relative to the audit fee.

(cid:228)(cid:3) To provide independent oversight over 
the external audit process through 
agreeing the suitability of the scope 
and approach of the external auditor’s 
work, assessing its objectivity in 
undertaking its work and monitoring 
its independence taking into account 
relevant UK professional regulatory 
requirements and the auditor’s period 
in office and compensation.

(cid:228)(cid:3) To oversee the effectiveness of the 

internal audit process.

(cid:228)(cid:3) To oversee the effectiveness of the 
external audit process particularly 
with regard to the quality and cost-
effectiveness of the auditor’s work.

(cid:228)(cid:3) To report to the board how it has 
discharged its responsibilities.

Activities of the committee
(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed the interim results for the 

period ended 30 September 2015 and 
the year-end results for the period 
ended 31 March 2016.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed the significant management 
judgements reflected in the Group’s 
results including significant contract 
judgements and the carrying value of 
goodwill and investments.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed and agreed significant 
accounting risks and principal 
business risks for the year ended  
31 March 2016.

67

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

In carrying out the above processes, 
key considerations included ensuring 
that there was consistency between the 
financial statements and the narrative 
provided in the front half of the annual 
report, that there is a clear and well-
articulated link between all areas of 
disclosure and that the strategic report 
focused on the balance between the 
reporting of weaknesses, difficulties and 
challenges, as well as successes, in an 
open and honest manner.

Risk management and 
internal control
The board as a whole, including the audit 
committee members, considers the nature 
and extent of the Group’s risk management 
framework and the risk profile that is 
acceptable in order to achieve the Group’s 
strategic objectives. As a result, it is 
considered that the board has fulfilled its 
obligations under the Code.

Details of the Group risk management 
and internal control processes are set 
out in the risk management section of the 
strategic report on pages 48 to 55.

Whistleblowing
The Group operates a comprehensive 
‘whistleblowing’ policy. Accordingly, staff 
may, in confidence, raise concerns about 
possible improprieties in matters of 
financial reporting or other matters. The 
committee reviews adherence with this 
policy on an ongoing basis.

Viability statement
Prior to the publication of the full-year 
results for 2015/16, the committee 
undertook a detailed assessment of the 
viability statement and recommended to 
the board that the directors can believe 
that they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due over the three-year period of their 
assessment. The viability statement can be 
found on page 41 of the strategic report.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Provided oversight of the process used 
by executive management to enable 
the board to make the new viability 
statement, including review of the 
appropriateness of the three-year 
viability period.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed the additional measures 
taken by management to monitor 
and review the effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management processes in 
response to changes to the Code.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed and agreed the external 
auditor’s audit planning report in 
advance of the audit for the year ended 
31 March 2016.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Discussed the report received from 
the external auditor regarding the 
audit of the results for the year ended 
31 March 2016. This report included 
the key accounting considerations 
and judgements reflected in the 
Group’s year-end results, comments 
on findings on internal control and 
a statement on independence and 
objectivity.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Proposed the appointment of PwC LLP 
(‘PwC’) as internal auditor, reviewed 
their internal audit plan and internal 
audit reports covering various aspects 
of the Group’s operations, controls and 
processes.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Reviewed the Group’s risk register.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Considered the effectiveness of the 

external auditor, KPMG LLP (‘KPMG’), 
their independence and reappointment 
for the year ending 31 March 2017.

Fair, balanced and 
understandable
The committee was provided with, and 
commented on, a draft copy of the annual 
report. At the request of the board, the 
committee also considered whether 
the annual report was fair, balanced 
and understandable and whether it 
provided the necessary information 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and 
strategy. The committee is satisfied 
that, taken as a whole, the annual report 
and accounts is fair, balanced and 
understandable.

68

Internal audit
The Group’s internal audit function is 
currently outsourced to PwC, who were 
appointed in September 2015. This 
followed the decision to appoint KPMG, 
who had previously acted as internal 
auditor, as the Group’s external auditor, 
their formal appointment being confirmed 
at the AGM on 2 September 2015. During 
the year ended 31 March 2016, as 
previously agreed with the committee, 
KPMG delivered a further three non-
financial reviews but conducted no further 
reviews of key financial controls.

The committee is responsible for 
reviewing the role and effectiveness of 
the internal audit function by monitoring 
the results of its work and the responses 
of management to its recommendations. 
The committee reviewed and approved 
PwC’s three-year internal audit plan at 
its meeting in February 2016. The scope 
of PwC’s work focused on key financial 
controls and non-financial reviews 
covering areas of perceived higher 
business risk. Results and management 
actions arising from reviews undertaken 
by both KPMG and PwC in the current year 
were also discussed in detail at each of 
the committee’s meetings.

Financial reporting and 
significant financial issues
The committee assesses whether suitable 
accounting policies have been adopted 
and whether management has made 
appropriate estimates and judgements. 
The committee reviews accounting papers 
prepared by management which provide 
details on the main financial reporting 
judgements. 

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Audit committee report

The two significant issues considered 
during the year are detailed below:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Contract valuation, revenue and 

profit recognition: The committee 
reviewed the report of the Group 
finance director that set out the main 
contract judgements associated with 
the Group’s significant contracts. 
The significant areas of judgement 
include the timing of revenue and 
profit recognition, the estimation of the 
recoverability of contract variations 
and claims and the estimation of future 
costs to complete. The external auditor 
performed detailed audit procedures 
on revenue and profit recognition 
and reported their findings to the 
committee.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Review of carrying value of goodwill 

and the investment in the Indian joint 
venture: The committee considered 
the carrying value of goodwill and the 
investment in the Indian joint venture 
and the assumptions underlying the 
impairment review. The judgements in 
relation to impairment largely relate 
to the assumptions underlying the 
identification of the Group’s cash-
generating units (‘CGUs’) (for goodwill 
only) together with the calculation of 
the value in use of the assets being 
tested for impairment, primarily the 
achievability of long-term business 
plans and macroeconomic assumptions 
underlying the valuation process.

The committee was satisfied that each 
of the matters set out above had been 
fully and adequately addressed by 
management, appropriately tested and 
reviewed by the external auditor and that 
the disclosures made in the annual report 
were appropriate.

In addition, the committee has considered 
a number of other judgements which 
have been made by management, none 
of which had a material impact on the 
Group’s 2015/16 results. These include 
the valuation of pension scheme liabilities 
and the remedial costs associated with 
the Leadenhall bolts issue, which resulted 
in a non-underlying charge of £6m being 
recorded in the 2014/15 results.

Audit tendering
The committee considers the 
reappointment of the external auditor, 
including the rotation of the audit 
partner, annually. This also includes an 
assessment of the external auditor’s 
independence and an assessment of the 
performance in the previous year, taking 
into account detailed feedback from 
directors and senior management across 
the Group.

The statutory audit services order (‘the 
Order’) requires rotation of audit firms 
every 10 years unless there is a tender, in 
which case the audit firm can remain as 
auditor for up to 20 years.

The Group conducted a rigorous audit 
tender process beginning in September 
2014. As a result of the tender, KPMG 
replaced Deloitte as the Group’s external 
auditor. KPMG carried out the review of 
the Group’s 2015/16 interim results and 
have just completed their first full audit of 
the 2015/16 financial statements.

The external auditor is required to 
rotate the audit partner responsible for 
the Group audit every five years. The 
audit partner is Adrian Stone, whose 
appointment in this role commenced with 
the audit for the financial year ended 
31 March 2016. Adrian and members 
of his team attended each of the audit 
committee meetings during the current 
year. As chairman of the committee, I also 
maintain regular contact with the audit 
partner. The committee routinely meets 
KPMG without executive management 
present and no concerns have been 
raised. It was confirmed that the external 
auditor had been able to offer rigorous 
and constructive challenge to executive 
management during the year.

The committee will continue to assess the 
performance of the external auditor on 
an ongoing basis to ensure that they are 
satisfied with the quality of the services 
provided.

Non-audit services
The Group’s policy on the engagement of 
the external auditor for non-audit related 
services is designed to ensure that the 
provision of such services does not impair 
the external auditor’s independence or 
objectivity. Under no circumstances will 
any assignment be given to the external 
auditor, when the result would be that:

(cid:228)(cid:3) as part of the statutory audit, it is 

required to report directly on its own 
non-audit work;

(cid:228)(cid:3)

it makes management decisions on 
behalf of the Group; or

(cid:228)(cid:3)

it acts as advocate for the Group.

There is no inconsistency between the 
Financial Reporting Council’s ethical 
standards and the Group’s policy.

Other categories, such as audit-related 
services or work which, because of the 
auditor’s existing knowledge of the Group’s 
business, could be more effectively 
carried out by it, may, if not on the list of 
prohibited services, be carried out by the 
external auditor subject to the advance 
approval of the Group finance director 
or, if the fees for such services exceed an 
absolute limit or a specified proportion of 
the audit fee, the advance approval of the 
audit committee. Details of the auditor’s 
fees, including non-audit fees, are shown 
in note 4 to the consolidated financial 
statements.

The committee notes that the FRC 
published its final draft revised ethical 
standard for auditors on 28 April 2016. 
This becomes effective on 17 June 2016. 
The standard applies further restictions 
to the non audit services which might 
be undertaken by the Group’s auditor. 
The committee will review these new 
restrictions during the course of the 
year with a view to ensuring that the 
Group’s practices align fully with the new 
standard.

Tony Osbaldiston 
Chairman of the audit committee 
15 June 2016

69

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE REPORT

of gender quotas, our preferred approach 
being much more directed at merit, 
experience and skill.

In the sectors in which the Group operates 
female representation at a senior level 
is unusual and as at 31 March 2016, the 
board had no female directors. As and 
when board appointments arise, and 
where practicable, we will look to follow 
the procedures recommended by the 
Davies report and by the Code to maintain 
a balanced board. 

The Group’s policy on diversity applies 
across all levels of the organisation, not 
just the board, further details of which 
can be found on page 46. The board 
recognises that gender diversity below 
board level remains an issue, particularly 
in management and technical roles within 
the construction industry.

Succession planning
The committee ensures the continued 
effectiveness of the board through 
appropriate succession planning. This 
worked effectively in 2014 when three new 
non-executive directors were recruited to 
the board. More work has been done this 
year to formalise the process of ongoing 
succession planning across the Group.

Evaluation
The committee (led by Kevin Whiteman) 
performed an internal evaluation using 
the process described on page 65. The 
results of the evaluation were positive, 
following the significant changes made 
to the board in the previous year. The key 
points arising from the evaluation were 
documented and discussed with the 
chairman.

John Dodds 
Chairman of the nominations committee 
15 June 2016

Members
John Dodds (chairman)
Tony Osbaldiston
Kevin Whiteman
Alun Griffiths
Chris Holt

The committee met on two occasions 
during the year.

Role
The primary function of the committee 
is to deal with key appointments to the 
board, and related employment matters. 
The responsibility of the committee 
principally falls into the following areas:

(cid:228)(cid:3) To review the structure, size and 

composition of the board.

(cid:228)(cid:3) To make recommendations to the 
board for any changes considered 
necessary.

(cid:228)(cid:3) To approve the description of the 

role and capabilities required for a 
particular appointment.

(cid:228)(cid:3) To ensure suitable candidates are 
identified, having due regard for 
the benefits of diversity on the 
board, including gender, and are 
recommended for appointment to the 
board.

The committee’s terms of reference are 
available on the Group’s website (www.
severfield.com) and on request from the 
Company secretary.

Board effectiveness
The committee has had a relatively quiet 
2015/16. There have been no new board 
appointments as the board is currently 
at full strength, and considered to be 
operating effectively. The board now 
consists of nine directors, four of whom 
have been directors of the Company for 
less than three years.

Diversity
We recognise the importance of diversity 
in board effectiveness and remain 
committed to ensuring that appointments 
are ultimately made on merit and against 
agreed selection criteria.

We support the Davies report’s aspiration 
to promote greater female representation 
on listed company boards. The Group, 
however, does not believe in the concept 

John Dodds
Chairman of the nominations committee

THE PRIMARY 
FUNCTION OF THE 
COMMITTEE IS TO 
DEAL WITH KEY 
APPOINTMENTS TO 
THE BOARD.”

70

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Directors’ report

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Introduction
The directors present their report together 
with the audited consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended 31 March 
2016.

As permitted by legislation, some of 
the matters normally included in this 
report have instead been included in the 
strategic report on pages 14 to 55 as the 
board considers them to be of strategic 
importance. Specifically, these relate 
to the Company’s business model and 
strategy, future business developments, 
research and development activities and 
risk management.

The corporate governance report on pages 
63 to 66 is incorporated in this report by 
reference.

There have been no significant events 
since the balance sheet date.

Directors
The present membership of the board is 
set out on pages 58 and 59.

The other significant commitments of 
the chairman consist of acting as non-
executive chairman of Lagan Construction  
Holdings Limited and Sweett Group plc 
and non-executive director of Newbury 
Racecourse plc. 

The service agreements of the executive 
directors and the letters of appointment of 
the non-executive directors are available 
for inspection at the Company’s registered 
office. Brief details are also included in 
the directors’ remuneration report on  
page 79.

Appointment and 
replacement of directors
In accordance with the Company’s 
articles, directors shall be no fewer than 
two and no more than 12 in number. 
Subject to applicable law, a director may 
be appointed by an ordinary resolution of 
shareholders in general meeting following 
nomination by the board or a member 
(or members) entitled to vote at such 
a meeting, or following retirement by 
rotation if the director chooses to seek re-
election at a general meeting. In addition, 
the directors may appoint a director to 
fill a vacancy or as an additional director, 
provided that the individual retires at the 
next AGM. A director may be removed by 
the Company as provided for by applicable 
law, in certain circumstances set out in 
the Company’s articles of association (for 
example bankruptcy or resignation), or by 
a special resolution of the Company. We 
have decided this year to adopt voluntarily 
the practice that all directors stand for 
re-election on an annual basis, in line with 
the recommendations of the Code.

Powers of the directors
The business of the Company is managed 
by the board, who may exercise all the 
powers of the Company subject to the 
provisions of the Company’s articles of 
association, the Companies Act 2006 (‘the 
Act’) and any ordinary resolution of the 
Company.

Directors’ indemnities
The articles entitle the directors of the 
Company to be indemnified, to the extent 
permitted by the Act and any other 
applicable legislation, out of the assets of 
the Company in the event that they suffer 
any loss or incur any liability in connection 
with the execution of their duties as 
directors.

In addition, and in common with many 
other companies, the Company had 
during the year and continues to have in 
place directors’ and officers’ insurance in 
favour of its directors and other officers 
in respect of certain losses or liabilities to 
which they may be exposed due to their 
office.

Significant shareholdings
As at 6 June 2016, the Group had been notified of the following voting rights to the Company’s shares in accordance with the 
Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the UK Listing Authority:

Name

1.  JO Hambro Capital Management 
2.  M&G Investments
3.  Threadneedle Investments
4.  Artemis Investment Management
5.  Legal & General Investment Management
6.  River & Mercantile Asset Management 
7.  Invesco (including Perpetual & Trimark)

Ordinary 
2.5p share

49,653,703
44,349,496
27,882,392
23,936,898
20,415,981
17,132,841
15,710,935

%

16.69
14.91
9.37
8.05
6.86
5.76
5.28

71

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

Additional disclosures
Additional information that is relevant 
to this report, and which is incorporated 
by reference into this report, including 
information required in accordance with 
the UK Companies Act 2006 and Listing 
Rule 9.8.4R, can be located as follows:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Employee involvement and 

engagement – pages 45 and 46

(cid:228)(cid:3) Equal opportunities (including for the 

disabled) – page 46

(cid:228)(cid:3) Greenhouse gas emissions – page 45

(cid:228)(cid:3) Long-term incentive plans – pages 78 
and 79 of the directors’ remuneration 
report

(cid:228)(cid:3) Statement of directors’ interests – page 
85 of the directors’ remuneration report

(cid:228)(cid:3) Financial instruments – note 20 to the 

Group financial statements

(cid:228)(cid:3) Credit, market, foreign currency and 
liquidity risks – note 20 to the Group 
financial statements

(cid:228)(cid:3) Related party disclosures – note 30 to 

the Group financial statements

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Share capital
The Company has a single class of share 
capital which is divided into ordinary 
shares of 2.5p each. No other securities 
have been issued by the Company. At 
31 March 2016, there were 297,503,587 
ordinary shares in issue and fully paid. 
Further details relating to share capital, 
including movements during the year, 
are set out in note 22 to the financial 
statements. At the Company’s Annual 
General Meeting (‘AGM’) held on  
2 September 2015, shareholders 
authorised the Company to make 
market purchases of ordinary shares 
representing up to 10 per cent of its 
issued share capital at that time and to 
allot shares within certain limits approved 
by shareholders. These authorities will 
expire at the 2016 AGM (see below) and a 
renewal will be sought. The Company did 
not purchase any of its ordinary shares 
during the year. Further details regarding 
employee share-based payment schemes 
are set out in note 21.

Voting rights and restrictions 
on transfer of shares
All of the issued and outstanding ordinary 
shares of the Company have equal voting 
rights, with one vote per share. There are 
no special control rights attaching to 
them save that the control rights of any 
ordinary shares held in the EBT can be 
directed by the Company to satisfy the 
vesting of outstanding awards under its 
various employee share plans. In relation 
to the EBT and any unallocated Company 
shares held in it, the power to vote or not 
vote is at the absolute discretion of the 
trustee. The Company is not aware of any 
agreements or control rights between 
existing shareholders that may result in 
restrictions on the transfer of securities or 
on voting rights. The rights, including full 
details relating to voting of shareholders 
and any restrictions on transfer relating 
to the Company’s ordinary shares, are set 
out in the articles and in the explanatory 
notes that accompany the Notice of the 
2015 AGM. These documents are available 
on the Company’s website at www.
severfield.com.

Dividends
The directors declared an interim dividend 
for the six months ended 30 September 
2015 of 0.5p per ordinary share (2015: no 
dividend was declared). The directors  
have recommended a final dividend of 
1.0p per ordinary share to be paid on  
16 September 2016 to shareholders on 
the register at the close of business on  
19 August 2016.

Change of control
There are no agreements between the 
Group and its directors or employees 
providing for compensation for loss of 
office or employment that occurs because 
of a takeover bid.

The Group’s banking arrangements expire 
in July 2019 and can be terminated upon a 
change of control of the Group.

The Company’s share plans contain 
provisions that take effect in such an 
event but do not entitle participants to 
a greater interest in the shares of the 
Company than created by the initial grant 
or award under the relevant plan.

Amendment of articles of 
association
Any amendments to the articles may be 
made in accordance with the provisions of 
the Act by way of special resolution.

Political contributions
No contributions were made to any 
political parties during the current or 
preceding year.

Going concern
After making enquiries, the directors 
have formed a judgement at the time of 
approving the financial statements that 
there is a reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for at least 12 
months from the approval of the financial 
statements. For this reason the directors 
continue to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing the financial statements.

The key factors considered by the 
directors in making the statement are  
set out in the financial review on pages 36 
to 41.

72

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Directors’ report

Annual general meeting
The notice concerning the AGM to be held 
at Aldwark Manor Hotel, York at noon on 
Tuesday 6 September 2016, together with 
explanatory notes on the resolutions to be 
proposed and full details of the deadlines 
for exercising voting rights, is contained in 
a circular to be sent to shareholders with 
this report.

The directors’ report from pages 71 to 73 
inclusive was approved by the board and 
signed on its behalf by:

Mark Sanderson 
Company secretary 
15 June 2016

Disclosure of information to 
the external auditor
The directors who held office at the 
date of approval of this directors’ 
report confirm that, so far as they are 
each aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s 
auditor is unaware and each director 
has taken all the steps that they ought 
to have taken as a director in order to 
make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that 
the Company’s auditor is aware of that 
information.

This confirmation is given and should 
be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of section 418 of the Act.

External auditor
KPMG LLP acted as the auditor for the 
Company for the year ended 31 March 
2016. KPMG has expressed its willingness  
to continue in office as external auditor 
and a resolution to appoint it will be 
proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Mark Sanderson
Company secretary

73

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

REMUNERATION POLICY IS ALIGNED WITH 
THE PRIORITIES OF SHAREHOLDERS IN 
INCENTIVISING MANAGEMENT TO MEET 
DEMANDING SHORT-TERM TARGETS AND TO 
DELIVER SUSTAINABLE GROWTH OVER THE 
LONGER TERM, WHILST ENSURING THAT 
HIGH SAFETY STANDARDS ARE ACHIEVED.

Dear shareholder
Performance and 
remuneration in 2015/16
The Group performed strongly during the 
year making further progress against its 
strategic objectives of growth, margin 
improvement and stabilising India. This 
progress was underlined by the Group’s 
excellent year-end cash position.

Remuneration policy is aligned with the 
priorities of shareholders in incentivising 
management to meet demanding short-
term targets and to deliver sustainable 
growth over the longer term, whilst 
ensuring that high safety standards are 
achieved. Fifty per cent of any bonus is 
paid in shares, deferred for three years, 
and specific provisions are included 
for clawback in the event of material 
misstatement, error or gross misconduct.

Remuneration policy
Shareholders approved the remuneration 
policy of the Group in 2014 with a vote in 
favour of 99.8 per cent. The policy report, 
which remains unchanged, is included for 
information purposes.

Annual remuneration report
The annual remuneration report describes 
the implementation of this policy, in 
particular in relation to reward for 
performance in 2015/16.

I am pleased to report that both the base 
financial and safety targets set by the 
board were met, resulting in a bonus pay 
out of 63 per cent of the maximum 
(42 per cent of the maximum for India). 
In 2014/15, the non-underlying remedial 
costs of £6m for the Leadenhall building 
were excluded when determining the 
bonus pay out on the basis that any future 
recovery of these costs would not be 
included in underlying profit before tax 
(‘PBT’). In 2015/16, no Leadenhall costs 
were recovered.

The targets for the 2013 PSP award (PBT 
of between £8m and £18m) were met 
resulting in the expected vesting of these 
awards at 64 per cent of maximum.

During the year, the salary of the Group 
finance director, Alan Dunsmore was 
increased by 6 per cent. This reflected 
both his strong performance during the 
year and the fact that his salary had 
fallen materially behind the market, as 
confirmed by external benchmarking 
information. The other directors received 
a 3 per cent increase which was broadly 
in line with that received by the UK 
workforce. In all cases the increases were 
effective from 1 July 2015.

Alun Griffiths
Chairman of the remuneration committee

I AM PLEASED TO 
REPORT THAT BOTH 
THE BASE FINANCIAL 
AND SAFETY 
TARGETS SET BY THE 
BOARD WERE MET.”

74

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Directors’ remuneration report

Implementation of policy for 
2016/17
Whilst overall policy currently remains 
unchanged, the board has decided to 
increase the PSP award to be granted in 
2016/17 for the Group finance director 
from 75 per cent to 100 per cent of 
salary (policy maximum of 150 per cent 
of salary). This brings the level of award 
for this executive into line with the 
market and strengthens the value of his 
performance and retention incentive.

Ahead of the 2017 AGM, when our 
remuneration policy will be subject to 
shareholder approval, we will review the 
structure of future PSP awards to ensure 
that the award levels and targets continue 
to provide an appropriate incentive in line 
with market practice.

Salaries for the directors will be reviewed 
in October of this year after the conclusion 
of the pay review across the Group and 
will be backdated to 1 July 2016. No 
increases are planned for the chairman or 
non-executive directors.

Targets for 2016/17
The financial and safety performance 
targets for the 2016/17 bonus reflect the 
continued strong forward momentum of 
the Group. The committee considered the 
balance of financial and non-financial 
measures, as well as the appropriateness 
of each measure, and considers that these 
remain appropriate for the year ahead.

The share plan targets are intended to 
incentivise management to maintain this 
momentum and will require the Group 
to deliver earnings per share (‘EPS’) in 
the range of 5.06p to 6.53p in 2018/19. 
This equates to a PBT range of £18.6m 
to £24.0m. This represents an increase 
in the lower vesting threshold of £2.6m 
per annum (16 per cent) and holds the 
threshold at which maximum vesting 
takes place at £24.0m. This represents a 
narrower vesting range which the board 
feels is more realistic, whilst remaining 
appropriately stretching, particularly 
in the context of current expectations 
of the external market over the next 
performance cycle.

Conclusion
The committee is committed to 
maintaining high levels of disclosure and 
transparency by explaining in more detail 
how it has reached decisions regarding 
the achievement of performance targets. 
Linking pay to performance is critical and 
as such, the committee has endeavoured 
to set future bonus and share plan targets 
at a level which incentivises and rewards 
management but only for performance 
at a level which also ensures appropriate 
returns for shareholders. The committee 
will continue to engage with shareholders 
to ensure that the policy of the Group 
remains appropriate.

Alun Griffiths 
Chairman of the remuneration committee 
15 June 2016

75

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

This report complies with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups Regulations 
2008 as amended in 2013, the UK Corporate Governance Code 2014 and the UKLA Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules. The remuneration committee has also taken into consideration guidelines published by institutional investor advisory bodies 
such as the Investment Association and the NAPF.

The report is in two sections:

(cid:228)(cid:3) a summary of the directors’ remuneration policy (pages 76 to 81). This section contains details of the remuneration policy approved 

at the 2014 AGM and is for information only; and

(cid:228)(cid:3) the directors’ annual remuneration report (pages 81 to 88). This section sets out the details of how our remuneration policy was 

implemented for the year ended 31 March 2016 and how we intend to apply it for the year ending 31 March 2017, and it is subject 
to an advisory vote at this year’s AGM.

Summary of directors’ remuneration policy
The remuneration policy was approved at 2014’s AGM. Provided for information only are the details of the policy that were referenced 
in the committee’s activities over the past reporting year which includes the remuneration policy table, the recruitment remuneration 
arrangements, executive director service contracts and terms and conditions for non-executive directors.

The full policy report, as approved by shareholders, can be found on page 66 in the 2014 annual report.

Find out more information on our 
website www.severfield.com

It is intended this policy will remain in place until the 2017 AGM.

Remuneration policy

Executive directors

Base salaries

Purpose and link to strategy
To provide the core reward for the role.

Sufficient to recruit and retain directors of the calibre necessary to execute the Group’s strategy.

Operation
Base salaries are normally reviewed annually by the committee.

Our review takes into account levels of increase across the broader workforce, changes in responsibility, and a periodic remuneration 
review for comparable companies. 

Maximum opportunity
There is no prescribed maximum. 

Current salaries are disclosed in the annual report on 
remuneration.

Increases (as a percentage of salary) are generally limited to the 
range set for the wider workforce.

However, further increases may be awarded where there have 
been significant changes in the scope and/or responsibilities of 
the role or a material change in the size and scale of the Group.

Performance conditions
The committee considers individual salaries each year having 
due regard to the factors noted in operation of the policy.

No recovery provisions apply to salary.

76

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Directors’ remuneration report

Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy
Cost-effective benefits, sufficient to recruit and retain directors of the calibre necessary to execute the Group’s strategy.

Operation
The Group currently provides the following employee benefits:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Life assurance at four times salary

(cid:228)(cid:3) Medical insurance for self with option to purchase for family

(cid:228)(cid:3) Company car and fuel allowance

Relocation expenses would be paid as appropriate for new recruits or a change in role.

In circumstances where an executive is deployed on an international assignment, their arrangements will be managed in a way that 
is consistent with good practice for international organisations. Additional allowances may also be paid, e.g. to cover any increase in 
cost of living, tax equalisation and/or additional accommodation costs.

The committee may wish to offer executive directors other employee benefits on broadly similar terms as those offered to other 
employees from time to time, provided within the maximum opportunity limit.

Maximum opportunity
The value of insured benefits can vary from year to year based on 
the costs from third party providers.

Performance conditions
No performance conditions or recovery provisions apply to 
benefits.

The total value of benefits (excluding relocation and international 
assignment allowances) will not exceed more than 15 per cent of 
salary in any year.

Pension

Purpose and link to strategy
Cost-effective long-term retirement benefits, sufficient to recruit and retain directors of the calibre necessary to execute the Group’s 
strategy.

Operation
Group contribution to defined contribution scheme (own or the Group’s), a cash supplement or a combination of both up to the 
maximum value.

Director has no obligation to match Group contributions.

Maximum opportunity
Twenty per cent of base salary contribution/cash supplement 
for chief executive officer and 18 per cent of salary for others up 
to a maximum of £50,000 (with the exception that for executive 
directors commencing service before 1 November 2013 where 
the Group pays a fixed contribution/cash supplement of £50,000 
p.a.).

For international assignments the Group may be required 
to make additional payments to comply with local statutory 
requirements.

Performance conditions
No recovery provisions apply to pension benefits.

77

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Annual bonus

Purpose and link to strategy
To focus attention on achieving short-term corporate objectives, incentivise outperformance of targets and provide a deferred 
element to reinforce the impact of long-term performance.

Operation
Any annual bonus award is made 50 per cent in cash and 50 per cent in shares deferred for three years under the rules of the Group’s 
deferred share bonus plan (‘DSBP’) which incorporates a clawback mechanism for instances of financial misstatement, error or 
gross misconduct. 

Dividends may accrue on deferred bonus shares.

Maximum opportunity
Maximum 100 per cent of base salary per annum.

Performance conditions
The committee will review the appropriateness of performance 
measures on an annual basis and consider whether there is 
a need to rebalance or amend the performance measures 
and weightings to reflect the business objectives at the time. 
However, the majority of the annual bonus will be subject to 
financial targets.

Currently the business uses a combination of underlying profit 
before tax (‘PBT’) targets and accident frequency rate (‘AFR’) 
targets. 

A minority of bonus will be payable for threshold levels of 
performance.

The actual measures and weightings are set out in the annual 
report on remuneration on page 83.

Performance share plan (‘PSP’) (approved by shareholders in 2007)

Purpose and link to strategy
Incentivise and reward for long-term, sustainable performance linked to corporate strategy and provide alignment with  
shareholders’ interests.

Operation
Annual grant of performance shares which will, in normal circumstances, vest subject to continued service and the achievement of 
performance conditions over a three-year period.

There is a clawback mechanism for instances of financial misstatement, error or gross misconduct.

Dividends may accrue on vested awards.

Maximum opportunity
Maximum annual award level is 150 per cent of salary.

The current award policy is, in normal circumstances, for awards 
of 100 per cent of salary for the chief executive officer and 75  
per cent of salary for other executive directors.

Performance conditions
The committee will determine each year the appropriate award 
levels and performance conditions based on the corporate 
strategy at the time. However, a financial measure such as 
underlying earnings per share (‘EPS’) will be used for at least half 
of any award.

Currently the awards are subject to an EPS growth target, the 
details of which are set out in the annual remuneration report.

No more than 25 per cent of an award will vest for performance 
at the lower threshold of EPS targets.

78

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Directors’ remuneration report

All-employee share plan

Purpose and link to strategy
To foster wider employee share ownership.

Operation
The Group currently operates a share incentive plan and introduced a sharesave scheme in February 2015.

Participation in any all-employee share plans operated by the Group is in line with HMRC guidelines. Executive directors are entitled 
to participate on the same basis as for other eligible employees.

Maximum opportunity
The Group has discretion under the all-employee share plans to 
issue awards up to the HMRC approved limits as set from time to 
time.

Performance conditions
No recovery provisions apply to all-employee share awards.

Notes to the policy table
Choice of performance 
conditions and metrics
Our role as the remuneration committee 
includes the establishment of 
performance goals through long-term 
incentive plans which are challenging but 
achievable through superior performance, 
thereby incentivising and rewarding 
success.

The long-term incentive plan currently 
incorporates an EPS performance 
measure, which is a key financial metric 
that is aligned with shareholder interests. 
The committee has considered and 
taken advice on alternative performance 
measures, such as total shareholder 
return (‘TSR’), to substitute for (all or 
part of) the use of the EPS range used in 
the past. Lack of a suitable peer group 
of similar listed companies made this 
approach impracticable and to date we 
have found no better benchmark.

No performance targets are set for 
any share incentive plan or sharesave 
plan awards since these form part of 
all-employee arrangements that are 
purposefully designed to encourage 
employees across the Group to purchase 
shares in the Company.

Details of all the outstanding share 
awards granted to existing executive 
directors are set out in the annual 
remuneration report.

The discretions retained by 
the committee in operating 
the annual bonus and the 
PSP
The committee will operate the annual 
bonus (including the deferred share 
element) and the PSP according to their 
respective rules and in accordance with 
the Listing Rules where relevant.

The committee retains discretion, 
consistent with market practice, in a 
number of regards to the operation and 
administration of these plans.

In relation to both the Group’s PSP and 
annual bonus plan, the committee retains 
the ability to adjust the targets and/or set 
different measures if events occur (e.g. 
material acquisition and/or divestment 
of a Group business) which cause it to 
determine that the conditions are no 
longer appropriate and the amendment 
is required so that the conditions achieve 
their original purpose and are not 
materially less difficult to satisfy.

Any use of the above discretions would, 
where relevant, be explained in the annual 
report on remuneration and may, as 
appropriate, be the subject of consultation 
with the Group’s major shareholders.

Executive directors’ service 
agreements
All executive directors’ service agreements 
run on a rolling basis. Notice periods of 
12 months are required to be given by 
all parties. Payment to be made in lieu 
of notice on termination is equal to 12 
months’ salary or to any proportion of 
unexpired notice period.

Full details of the contracts of each 
director including the date, unexpired 
term and any payment obligations on 
early termination are available from the 
Company secretary at the annual general 
meeting.

Provision on payment for  
loss of office
If an executive director’s employment is 
to be terminated, the committee’s policy 
in respect of the contract of employment, 
in the absence of a breach of the service 
agreement by the director, is to agree a 
termination payment based on the value 
of base salary that would have accrued 
to the director during the contractual 
notice period. The committee will consider 
mitigation to reduce the termination 
payment to a leaving director when 
appropriate to do so, having regard to the 
circumstances.

The payment of any annual bonus will 
be at the committee’s discretion and will 
be based on the circumstances of the 
termination. Any bonus payment will be 
calculated based after assessing the 
relevant performance conditions and will 
only be in relation to the service period 
worked.

79

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

In the case of an external hire, if it is 
necessary to buy out incentive pay or 
benefit arrangements (which would 
be forfeited on leaving the previous 
employer), this would be provided for 
taking into account the form (cash or 
shares) and timing and expected value 
(i.e. likelihood of meeting any existing 
performance criteria) of the remuneration 
being forfeited. Replacement share 
awards, if used, will be granted using 
the Group’s existing share plans to the 
extent possible (including the use of the 
exceptional limit under the PSP), although 
awards may also be granted outside 
of these schemes if necessary and as 
permitted under the Listing Rules.

In the case of an internal hire, any 
outstanding variable pay awarded in 
relation to the previous role will be 
allowed to pay out according to its terms 
of grant (adjusted as relevant to take into 
account the board appointment).

On the appointment of a new chairman or 
non-executive director, the fees will be set 
taking into account the experience and 
calibre of the individual and the expected 
time commitments of the role. Where 
specific cash or share arrangements are 
delivered to non-executive directors, these 
will not include share options or other 
performance-related elements.

The rules of the PSP and DSBP set out 
what happens to share awards if a 
participant ceases to be an employee 
or director of the Company before the 
end of the vesting period. Generally, any 
outstanding share awards will lapse 
on such cessation, except in certain 
circumstances.

If the executive director ceases to be an 
employee or director of the Company as 
a result of death, disability, retirement, 
the sale of the business or company that 
employs the individual or any other reason 
at the discretion of the committee, then 
they will be treated as a ‘good leaver’ under 
the plan rules. Under the DSBP, the shares 
for a good leaver will normally vest in full on 
the normal vesting date (or on cessation of 
employment in the case of death).

Under the PSP, a good leaver’s unvested 
awards will vest (either on the normal vesting 
date or the relevant date of cessation, as 
determined by the committee) subject to 
achievement of any relevant performance 
condition, with a pro rata reduction to reflect 
the proportion of the vesting period served 
(although the committee has the discretion 
to disapply time prorating if it considers it 
appropriate to do so).

In determining whether an executive 
director should be treated as a good 
leaver and the extent to which their 
award may vest, the committee will take 
into account the circumstances of an 
individual’s departure.

Our recruitment remuneration 
policy
Base salary levels will be set in 
accordance with our remuneration 
policy, taking into account the experience 
and calibre of the individual and the 
relevant market rates at the time. Where 
it is appropriate to offer a lower salary 
initially, progressive increases (possibly 
above those of the wider workforce as 
a percentage of salary) to achieve the 
desired salary positioning may be given 
over the following few years subject to 
individual performance and continued 
development in the role.

Benefits will be provided in line with 
those offered to other employees, with 
relocation expenses/arrangements 
provided for if necessary.

Should it be appropriate to recruit a 
director from overseas, flexibility is 
retained to provide benefits that take 
account of those typically provided in 
their country of residence (e.g. it may be 
appropriate to provide benefits that are 
tailored to the unique circumstances of 
such an appointment).

Pension contributions or a cash 
supplement up to the maximum level 
indicated in the policy table will be 
provided, although the committee 
retains the discretion to structure any 
arrangements as necessary to comply 
with the relevant legislation and market 
practice if an overseas director is 
appointed.

The aggregate ongoing (i.e. after the year 
of appointment) incentive opportunity 
offered to new recruits will be no higher 
than that offered under the annual 
bonus plan and the PSP policy to the 
existing executive directors. In the 
year of appointment the annual bonus 
opportunity will be no higher than that 
offered to existing executive directors, 
prorated for the period of service (i.e. 100 
per cent of salary on an annualised basis). 
The committee may award up to 150  
per cent of salary under the PSP although 
in exceptional circumstances in order to 
facilitate the buy-out of existing awards 
the committee may go above this limit 
(see below).

Different performance measures may be 
set initially for the annual bonus, taking 
into account the responsibilities of the 
individual, and the point in the financial 
year that they joined.

The above policy applies to both an 
internal promotion to the board or an 
external hire.

80

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Directors’ remuneration report

How are the non-executive directors paid?
The chairman and non-executive directors receive an annual fee (paid in monthly instalments by payroll). The fee for the chairman is 
set by the remuneration committee and the fees for the non-executive directors are approved by the board, on the recommendation of 
the chairman and chief executive officer.

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation (including maximum levels) 

Fees

To attract and retain a 
high-calibre chairman and 
non-executive directors by 
offering market competitive 
fee levels.

Current fee levels are disclosed in the annual report on remuneration.

The chairman and the other non-executive directors receive a basic board fee, with 
supplementary fees payable for additional board responsibilities.

Non-executive directors will be reimbursed for any normal business-related expenses 
and any taxable benefit implications that may result.

The non-executive directors do not participate in any of the Group’s incentive 
arrangements or pension scheme.

The fee levels are reviewed on a periodic basis, and may be increased, taking into 
account factors such as the time commitment of the role and market levels in 
companies of comparable size and complexity. Fee increases may be greater than those 
of the wider workforce in a particular year, reflecting the periodic nature of increases 
and that they take into account changes in responsibility and/or time commitments.

No benefits or other remuneration are provided to non-executive directors.

The terms of reference for the 
remuneration committee are available on 
the Company’s website.

Advisers to the committee
The committee retained New Bridge 
Street (an Aon plc company) as an 
independent adviser to the remuneration 
committee throughout the year. New 
Bridge Street is a member of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and is 
a signatory to its code of conduct. Neither 
New Bridge Street nor any other part of 
Aon plc provided other services to the 
Group during the year. The fees paid to 
New Bridge Street for work carried out 
during the year ended 31 March 2016 
totalled £9,000 (2015: £46,000).

What are the terms of 
appointment of the non-
executive directors?
The chairman’s and non-executive directors’ 
terms of appointment are recorded in 
letters of appointment. The required notice 
from the Company is one month in all cases. 
The non-executive directors are not entitled 
to any compensation on loss of office.

Shareholding guideline
Executive directors are required to retain 
shares acquired under equity incentive 
schemes until such time they have built 
up a holding equivalent in market value (at 
the date of vesting) to the executive’s base 
salary. Thereafter, the executive directors 
will be under a continuing obligation to 
maintain at least such a holding. The 
requirement underscores the committee’s 
policy to align executive director 
remuneration and shareholder interests.

ANNUAL REMUNERATION 
REPORT
In this section, we report on the 
implementation of our policies in the year 
ended 31 March 2016 as well as how the 
policy will be implemented for 2016/17. The 
regulations require the auditor to report to 
the Group’s shareholders on the auditable 
part of the directors’ remuneration report 
and to state whether, in its opinion, that 
part of the report has been properly 

prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. The relevant sections 
subject to audit have been highlighted in 
the annual report on remuneration.

IMPLEMENTATION OF 
POLICY FOR 2015/16
Remuneration committee
Membership, meetings and 
attendance
The Group has an established remuneration 
committee which is constituted in 
accordance with the recommendations of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The members of the remuneration 
committee who served during the year are 
shown below together with their attendance 
at remuneration committee meetings:

Number of meetings attended:

Alun Griffiths (chairman)
John Dodds
Chris Holt
Kevin Whiteman
Tony Osbaldiston

6/6
6/6
6/6
6/6
6/6

The Group considers all members of the 
committee to be independent. Executive 
directors may attend remuneration 
committee meetings at the invitation of 
the committee chairman, but do not take 
part in any discussion about their own 
remuneration.

81

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Directors’ earnings for the 2015/16 financial year (audited) 
Remuneration received by the directors

£000

Executives
Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall
Non-executives
John Dodds
Tony Osbaldiston
Kevin Whiteman
Alun Griffiths 
Chris Holt

Salary

Bonus

Fees

Benefits

Pension

LTIPs*

Total

Year ended 31 March 2016

366
288
242
236

—
—
—
—
—
1,132

231
181
152
102

—
—
—
—
—
666

—
—
—
—

100
45
45
45
40
275

28
25
16
—

—
—
—
—
—
69

73
50
50
50

—
—
—
—
—
223

204
159
131
131

—
—
—
—
—
625

902
703
591
519

100
45
45
45
40
2,990

Taxable benefits include the provision of company cars, fuel for company cars, car and accomodation allowances and private medical 
insurance. LTIPs reflect those PSP awards vesting based on performance to 31 March 2016.

*  Calculated at 64 per cent of maximum award x the average share price over the period  1/1/16 to 31/3/16 of 57.97p.

Year ended 31 March 2015

£000

Salary

Bonus

Fees

Benefits

Pension

LTIPs

Total

Executives
Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall
Non-executives
John Dodds
Tony Osbaldiston (from 19/7/14)
Kevin Whiteman (from 19/7/14)
Alun Griffiths (from 1/5/14)
Chris Holt
Toby Hayward (to 19/7/14)
Keith Elliott (to 19/7/14)

356
280
230
230

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,096

231
182
149
189

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
751

—
—
—
—

100
32
32
41
40
18
18
281

23
16
22
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
61

71
50
50
50

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
221

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

681
528
451
469

100
32
32
41
40
18
18
2,410

Taxable benefits include the provision of company cars, fuel for company cars, car allowances and private medical insurance. LTIPs 
reflect those PSP awards vesting based on performance to 31 March 2015.   

Remuneration received by the directors
During the year the salary for the Group finance director, Alan Dunsmore was increased by 6 per cent following a review which 
reflected both his strong performance and the fact that his salary had fallen materially behind the market, as confirmed by external 
benchmarking information provided by New Bridge Street. The other directors received a 3 per cent increase, which was broadly in 
line with that received by the UK workforce. In all cases the increases were effective from 1 July 2015.

Past directors/loss of office payments (audited)
There have been no payments made to past directors or any payment for loss of office.

82

 
 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Directors’ remuneration report

How pay linked to performance in 2015/16
Bonus
The executive directors will receive the bonuses set out in the table below, of which 50 per cent will be paid in shares deferred for 
three years.

Under the rules of the Group’s deferred share bonus plan the participants will have beneficial ownership of the shares, the share 
certificates are retained by the Company secretary for a period of three years and, unless otherwise determined by the remuneration 
committee, are subject to forfeiture provisions in the event of termination of employment prior to the expiry of this period.

Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall

£231,000
£181,000
£152,000
£102,000

As reported last year, the bonus plan applicable to the executive directors for 2015/16 had two separate performance conditions:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Eighty per cent was payable on achieving budgeted Group PBT (with exception of Derek Randall who, whilst he remains in India, 
has the profit performance-based component of his bonus split 50/50 between Group PBT and PBT for India). The financial 
element begins to pay out at 95 per cent of budgeted Group PBT, rising to 50 per cent of this element being payable for achieving 
budget and full payout for achieving 120 per cent of budget.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Twenty per cent was payable based on achieving a target Group AFR (with the exception of Derek Randall who, whilst he remains  

in India, has the AFR-based component of his bonus based on AFR (India)).

Our policy is to disclose annual PBT and AFR targets retrospectively following the end of the performance period, unless, in the view  
of the remuneration committee, this would compromise the commercial position of the Group.

The targets for 2015/16 and the payout against these targets are set out below:

All directors (excluding Derek Randall):

Measure

Group PBT*
Group AFR

% of maximum 
bonus 
opportunity

Performance required

Threshold

On-target

Maximum

80%
20%

£12.4m
0.28

£13.0m
0.28

£15.6m
0.28

Actual

£13.2m
0.25

% of 
bonus paid

54%
100%

Pay out 
as % 
of salary

43%
20%
63%

* For Group PBT, ‘threshold’ represents 95 per cent of budget, ‘on-target’ represents 100 per cent of budget and ‘maximum’ represents 120 per cent of budget.

The total bonus pay out of 63 per cent of salary above applies to all executive directors with the exception of Derek Randall who has 
the profit performance-based component of his bonus split 50:50 between Group PBT and JSSL (India) PBT and whose AFR-based 
component is dependent on the performance of India alone. Based on the year-end results Derek achieved a total bonus pay out of 43 
per cent as follows:

Derek Randall (JSSL managing director):

Measure

Group PBT*
JSSL (India) PBT*
JSSL (India) AFR

% of maximum 
bonus 
opportunity

Performance required

Threshold

On-target

Maximum

Actual

40%
£12.4m
40% Loss of 12.4 CR
0.12
20%

£13.0m

£13.2m
Break-even Profit of 12.4 CR Loss of 11.4 CR
0.00

£15.6m

0.12

0.12

% of 
bonus paid

54%
4%
100%

Pay out 
as % 
of salary

22%
2%
20%
43%

*   For Group and JSSL PBT, ‘threshold’ represents 95 per cent of budget, ‘on-target’ represents 100 per cent of budget and ‘maximum’ represents 120 per cent of 

budget.

In determining the achievement of bonus targets for 2015/16, the committee took into account that no Leadenhall costs were 
recovered and hence no recoveries were treated as underlying PBT in the current year.

83

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

PSP
The 2013 PSP awards are due to vest in June 2016, subject to the achievement of an EPS performance condition measured over the 
three financial years ended 31 March 2016. The minimum EPS figure required for vesting of 25 per cent of the award was c.2.15p 
which equates to a PBT of £8.0m. The EPS figure required for vesting at maximum of 100 per cent of the award was c.4.87p which 
equates to a PBT of £18.0m. The actual PBT achieved was £13.2m which equates to EPS of 3.67p and therefore it is estimated that 64 
per cent (taking into account linear interpolation) of these awards will vest subject to continued service. A summary is set out below:

PSP awards granted to directors in 2015/16 (audited)
Share awards were made in the year under the PSP scheme for the three-year period expiring on 31 March 2018. Details of the 
awards made to the executive directors are summarised below.

Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall

Type

Nil-cost option
Nil-cost option
Nil-cost option
Nil-cost option

Number of 
shares

513,262
302,366
248,656
248,656

% of salary

Face value (£)1

Performance 
condition2

Performance 
period

% vesting at 
threshold

100%
75%
75%
75%

358,000
210,900
173,438
173,438

EPS

3 financial 
years ending 
31 March 
2018

25%

1.  Face value calculated based on the pre-grant date share price of 69.75p on 17 June 2015.
2.  Performance conditions are based on EPS targets of 4.30p (minimum performance — 25% vests) to 6.45p (maximum performance – 100% vests) with linear 

interpolation in between. This represents a PBT range of £16m–£24m.

The PSP and the annual bonus plan contain recovery and withholding (i.e. clawback) provisions which can be applied within a year of 
a PSP award vesting (i.e. within four years of grant) or within a year of a bonus being paid. Clawback can be applied where it becomes 
apparent that a PSP award or bonus was larger than ought to have been the case due to the Company having materially misstated 
its financial results or made an error in assessing any performance condition or bonus. Clawback can also be applied in the case of 
subsequently discovered misconduct of a relevant individual. The amount of the relevant clawback would be the net of tax amount 
(or the full amount to the extent that the individual can recover any tax paid) that had effectively been overpaid in the case of 
misstatement or error or would be at the committee’s discretion in the case of misconduct. Clawback can be imposed by a reduction 
in the amount of any unvested PSP award, a reduction in the amount of any future bonus or by a requirement to pay back the amount 
in question (with a right to deduct from salary).

Outstanding share awards at the year-end (audited)
Details of share awards under the PSP to the executive directors which were outstanding at the year-end are shown in the following table:

Year of 
award

Vesting date 
(June)

Performance 
condition

Awards held at 
1 April 2015

Awards granted 
in year

Awards lapsed 
in year

Awards vested 
in year

Awards held at 
31 March 2016

2013
2014
2015

2012
2013
2014
2015

2012
2013
2014
2015

2012
2013
2014
2015

2016
2017
2018

2015
2016
2017
2018

2015
2016
2017
2018

2015
2016
2017
2018

EPS
EPS
EPS

EPS
EPS
EPS
EPS

EPS
EPS
EPS
EPS

EPS
EPS
EPS
EPS

549,020
632,054
—
1,181,074
153,181
429,688
372,460
—
955,329
272,209
353,359
306,298
—
931,866
272,209
353,359
306,298
—
931,866

—
—
513,262
513,262

—
—
302,366
302,366
—
—
—
248,656
248,656
—
—
—
248,656
248,656

—
—
—
—
(153,181)
—
—
—
(153,181)
(272,209)
—
—
—
(272,209)
(272,209)
—
—
—
(272,209)

549,020
—
632,054
—
—
513,262
— 1,694,336
–
—
429,688
—
—
372,460
302,366
—
— 1,104,514
—
—
353,359
—
306,298
—
248,656
—
908,313
—
—
—
353,359
—
306,298
—
248,656
—
908,313
—

Director

Ian Lawson

Total
Ian Cochrane

Total
Alan Dunsmore

Total
Derek Randall

Total

84

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Directors’ remuneration report

Performance conditions are based on a range of EPS targets as follows:

2013 award1
2014 award2
2015 award3

1.  Represents a PBT range of £8m–£18m.
2.  Represents a PBT range of £12m–£24m.
3.  Represents a PBT range of £16m–£24m.

Threshold 
(25% vests)

Maximum 
(100% vests)

2.15p
3.23p
4.30p

4.87p
6.45p
6.45p

Directors’ current shareholdings (audited):
The following table provides details on the directors’ beneficial interests in the Company’s share capital as at 31 March 2016:

Executives
Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall
Non-executives
John Dodds
Tony Osbaldiston 
Kevin Whiteman 
Alun Griffiths 
Chris Holt

Owned 
shares1

Share 
incentive 
plan (SIP)2

Sharesave 
scheme

DSBP3

PSP4

Total5

82,431
2,708,979
50,000
50,000

319,833
—
—
30,000
53,097

4,562
11,924
11,924
4,667

33,003
33,003
33,003
—

111,139
148,409
56,591
88,903

1,694,336
1,104,514
908,313
908,313

1,925,471
4,006,829
1,059,831
1,051,883

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

319,833
—
—
30,000
53,097

Includes shares owned by connected persons.

1. 
2.  SIP shares are unvested and held in trust. 
3.  The principal terms of the deferred share bonus plan are described on page 78.
4.  PSP shares are in the form of conditional awards which will only vest on the achievement of certain performance conditions. The total includes 2013 awards 

which had not actually vested as at 31 March 2016.

5.  As at 31 March 2016, only Ian Cochrane satisfies the Company’s shareholding guideline (see page 81). The other executive directors will be required to retain  

a proportion of any net of tax shares which may vest from equity based plans until the guideline is achieved.

Position against dilution limits 
Severfield plc complies with the Investment Association’s principles of executive remuneration. These principles require that 
commitments under all of the Group’s share ownership schemes (including the share incentive plan (SIP), sharesave scheme and the 
PSP) must not exceed 10 per cent of the issued share capital in any rolling 10-year period. The Group’s position against its dilution 
limit as at 31 March 2016 was well under the maximum 10 per cent limit at 3.7 per cent.

Performance graph
The following graph shows the Group’s performance, measured by total shareholder return, compared with the performance of the 
FTSE Small Cap Index. It is based on the change in the value of a £100 investment made on 31 March 2009 over the seven-year period 
ended 31 March 2016.

This index was selected as it represents a broad equity market index and an appropriate comparator group of companies over the 
period.

85

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Total shareholder return 
Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters) 

£
250

200

150

100

50

0

n
r
u
t
e
r

r
e
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
s
l

a
t
o
T

Mar 2009

Mar 2010

Mar 2011

Mar 2012

Mar 2013

Mar 2014

Mar 2015

Mar 2016

 Severfield plc

 FTSE Small Cap Index

Chief executive officer remuneration change
The table below shows the total remuneration figure for the chief executive officer role over the same seven-year period. Total 
remuneration includes bonus and the value of PSP awards which vested (or in the case of 2016 are expected to vest) based on 
performance in those years (at the share price at which they vested or, in the case of the 2016 figures, at the average share price for 
the quarter immediately prior to the year-end).

2009
Haughey

2010
Haughey

2011
Haughey

2013
Haughey1

2013
Dodds2,3

2014
Dodds2

Total remuneration (£000)
Annual bonus (%)
LTIP vesting (%)

1,265
94.8%

640
50.1%
100.0% 100.0%

701
60.5%
—

450
—
—

62
N/A
N/A

289
N/A
N/A

2014
Lawson4

233
34.0%
—

2015
Lawson

2016
Lawson

681
65.0%

902
63.0%
— 64.0%

1.  Tom Haughey received compensation of £423,000 for loss of office in accordance with his contract.
2.  John Dodds was appointed executive chairman in an interim capacity following Tom Haughey’s resignation as chief executive officer on 23 January 2013 and 
prior to the appointment of Ian Lawson as chief executive officer on 1 November 2013. During this time he was awarded a discretionary bonus (no maximum 
was set) but not entitled to any PSP award. These figures do not include his fees as non-executive chairman.

3.  Financial year 2013 represented the 15-month period to 31 March 2013. 
4.  Appointed on 1 November 2014.

How the change in chief executive officer pay for the year compares to that of the Group’s 
employees
The table below shows the percentage change in salary, benefits and annual bonus earned for the chief executive officer compared to 
the percentage change of each of those components of pay for a group of employees. The committee has selected salaried employees 
in mainland UK as this geography provides the most appropriate comparator.

Chief executive officer
Salary
Benefits
Bonus
Average employees
Salary
Benefits
Bonus

86

2016
£000

366
28
231

2015
£000

356
23
231

15,532
1,135
1,138

13,505
980
998

% change

2.8%
21.7%
–

15.0%
15.8%
14.0%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Directors’ remuneration report

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows the actual spend on pay for all employees relative to revenue and underlying operating profit before the 
results of JVs and associates:

Staff costs
Revenue
Underlying operating profit
Dividends

2016
£000

60,596
239,360
13,686
2,975

2015
£000

53,975
201,535
8,974
—

% change

12.3%
18.8%
52.5%
100.0%

Shareholder voting
The results below show the response to the 2015 AGM shareholder voting for the directors’ 2015 remuneration report (excluding 
remuneration policy):

For
Against
Total votes cast (for and against)
Withheld votes
Total votes (including withheld votes)

Total number 
of votes

% of  
votes cast

245,426,662
394,439
245,821,101
203,456
246,024,557

99.8%
0.2%
100%
N/A
N/A

The results below show the response to the 2014 AGM shareholder voting for the directors’ 2014 remuneration policy:

For
Against
Total votes cast (for and against)
Withheld votes
Total votes (including withheld votes)

Total number 
of votes

% of  
votes cast

237,577,309
459,386
238,036,695
1,710,960
239,747,655

99.8%
0.2%
100%
N/A
N/A

Implementation of policy for 2016/17
The executive directors’ current salaries
The salaries of the executive directors will be reviewed in October 2016. Increases will be set in the context of overall salary increases 
for the wider workforce. The previous salary increase was on 1 October 2015 backdated to 1 July 2015.

The executive directors’ salaries at the start of the 2016/17 financial year are as follows:

Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall

£

368,740
289,636
245,125
238,188

Benefits and pension
All executive directors will be entitled to a car allowance of £15,000 (chief executive officer: £18,000), a fuel allowance, life insurance 
cover and medical insurance. A pension contribution of £50,000 will be offered to each executive director, with the exception of Ian 
Lawson who will be offered 20 per cent of basic salary.

Rewards for performance in 2016/17
Bonus
The annual bonus for 2016/17 will operate on the same basis as for 2015/16 and will be consistent with the policy detailed in 
the remuneration policy section of this report in terms of the maximum bonus opportunity, deferral and clawback provisions. The 
measures have been selected to reflect a range of financial and operational goals that support the key strategic objectives of  
the Group.

87

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

The performance measures and weightings will be as follows:

Profit performance-based component — 80 per cent
The sliding scale range for bonus targets in 2016/17 is as follows:

Maximum bonus based on actual PBT versus budget

PBT % of budget

95 or below
100
120 or better

% of award

—
50
100

The committee believes that the budget PBT figures are commercially sensitive metrics and therefore are not disclosed at this time. 
Actual target figures will be disclosed on a retrospective basis when these sensitivities have been removed.

Other performance-based component — 20 per cent
AFR (accident frequency rate) will again be used throughout the Group†. 

AFR is an industry recognised and measurable target. The pre-set targets have not been disclosed due to commercial sensitivities. 
Actual target figures will be disclosed on a retrospective basis when these sensitivities have been removed.

† Whilst Derek Randall remains in India the AFR component of his bonus will be based on AFR (India).

Rewards for performance in 2016/17
PSP 
It is the committee’s current intention to grant PSP awards of 100 per cent of salary to the chief executive officer and the Group 
finance director and 75 per cent of salary to the chief operating officer and the JSSL managing director. This represents an increase 
from 75 per cent to 100 per cent of salary for the Group finance director, reflecting the clear gap to market for this executive. This 
increases both the incentive and retention value of this award. This change will be made on an exceptional basis for the 2016 awards.

This year we will set a performance condition for a three-year period commencing on 1 April 2016 and ending on 31 March 2019. 
These targets reflect the continuing expected recovery of profitability, recognising that market conditions remain challenging in 
many areas. At the lower threshold, below which no awards will vest, we have set a target EPS equivalent to PBT of £18.6m. If this 
level is achieved 25 per cent of the shares granted will vest. At the higher end, we have set a target EPS equivalent to PBT of £24.0m. 
If this is achieved, 100 per cent of the shares granted will vest. Vesting at EPS levels between the lower and upper thresholds will be 
calculated by linear interpolation.

This represents an increase of £2.6m (16 per cent) in the lower threshold whilst maintaining the threshold at which maximum vesting 
takes place at £24.0m. When setting this target range the committee considered a number of reference points including internal 
financial forecasts, external analyst consensus, the base EPS and a broad view of the wider construction industry. This reflects, in the 
view of the committee, a narrower, more realistic, performance range whilst maintaining the targets at an appropriately stretching 
level. They will require management to deliver strong, sustainable performance over the period without encouraging undue risk-
taking and in the context of the market environment are considered equally, if not more, challenging than targets set for prior awards.

How will the non-executive directors be paid in the 2016/17 financial year?
The fees for the chairman and non-executive directors will be as follows:

£

Chairman
Basic fee for other non-executive directors
Additional fee for SID role
Additional fee for chairman of audit and remuneration committees

Approval
This report was approved by the board of directors and signed on behalf of the board.

Alun Griffiths 
Chairman of the remuneration committee 
16 June 2016

2016

100,000
40,000
5,000
5,000

2015

100,000
40,000
5,000
5,000

88

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our governance / Directors’ responsibilities statement

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT

The directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the parent 
company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the parent 
company and enable them to ensure that 
its financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006. They have general 
responsibility for taking such steps as are 
reasonably open to them to safeguard the 
assets of the Group and to prevent and 
detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, 
the directors are also responsible for 
preparing a strategic report, directors’ 
report, directors’ remuneration report and 
corporate governance report that comply 
with that law and those regulations.

The directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information 
included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of 
the directors in respect of 
the annual financial report
We confirm that to the best of our 
knowledge:

(cid:228)(cid:3) the financial statements, prepared in 
accordance with the applicable set 
of accounting standards, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss of 
the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole; and

(cid:228)(cid:3) the strategic report includes a 
fair review of the development 
and performance of the business 
and the position of the issuer and 
the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.

We consider the annual report and 
accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

By order of the board

Ian Lawson 
Chief executive officer 
15 June 2016

Alan Dunsmore 
Group finance director 
15 June 2016

The directors are responsible for 
preparing the annual report and the Group 
and parent company financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and 
regulations.

Company law requires the directors to 
prepare Group and parent company 
financial statements for each financial 
year. Under that law they are required to 
prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the 
EU and applicable law and have elected 
to prepare the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with UK 
Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 
‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’.

Under company law the directors must 
not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Group and parent company and of 
their profit or loss for that period.

In preparing each of the Group and parent 
company financial statements, the 
directors are required to:

(cid:228)(cid:3) select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

(cid:228)(cid:3) make judgements and estimates that 

are reasonable and prudent;

(cid:228)(cid:3) for the Group financial statements, 

state whether they have been prepared 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted 
by the EU;

(cid:228)(cid:3) for the parent company financial 

statements, state whether applicable 
UK Accounting Standards have been 
followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained 
in the parent company financial 
statements; and

(cid:228)(cid:3) prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Group and the parent company will 
continue in business.

89

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

90

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials 

Our financials — Group
Independent auditor’s report

Consolidated income statement

92

95

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 96

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated cash flow statement

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Five year summary

Financial calendar

Our financials — Company
Company balance sheet

Company statement of changes in equity

Notes to the Company financial statements

97

98

99

100

130

130

131

132

133

F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S

91
91

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF SEVERFIELD PLC

Opinions and conclusions arising from our audit

1 Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of Severfield plc for the year ended 31 March 2016 set out on pages 95 to 129 and 131 to 
137. In our opinion:

(cid:228)(cid:3) the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 

2016 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended; 

(cid:228)(cid:3) the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 

adopted by the European Union; 

(cid:228)(cid:3) the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK Accounting Standards, including 

FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’; and

(cid:228)(cid:3) the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and, as regards the 

Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

2 Our assessment of risks of material misstatement

In arriving at our audit opinion above on the financial statements, the risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on 
our audit, in decreasing order of audit significance, were as follows:

Carrying value of construction contracts balance (£44.5m) and revenue (£239.4m) and profit recognition in relation to 
construction contracts 

Refer to page 69 (audit committee report), pages 102 and 106 (accounting policies) and note 16 (financial disclosure).

The risk:

The Group’s activities are undertaken via long-term construction contracts. The carrying value of the construction contract balance 
as well as the revenue and profit recognised are based on estimates of costs to complete and level of unagreed variations and 
judgement as to the recoverability of those variations. Estimated contract costs, and as a result revenues, can be affected by a variety 
of uncertainties that depend on the outcome of future events resulting in revisions throughout the contract period. 

Our response:

Our audit procedures included:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Testing the Group’s controls over the contract outcome evaluations (contract valuation) through inspection of a sample of available 
meeting minutes throughout the year and subsequent to the year end. At these meetings the Group reviews performance on a 
contract by contract basis with a key focus on costs to date, costs to complete, forecasted margin, certified work to date and 
agreed and unagreed variations. We assessed if the appropriate individuals attended the meetings and that the estimated final 
contract price and costs to complete forecasts for all contracts were discussed, challenged and the contract outcome evaluations 
updated as appropriate.

(cid:228)(cid:3)

Identifying contracts with risk indicators including: low margin or loss making contracts, high values of unagreed variations 
and large carrying value of amounts receivable on contracts. For these contracts we agreed the year-end construction contract 
balance to the cash recovered post period end and considered the variations agreed and work certified post year-end.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Challenging the Group in respect of construction contract balances in the sample identified, where cash has not been received, 
variations have not been agreed or work has not been certified post year-end, by obtaining correspondence with the clients to 
corroborate the position.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Assessing the forecasted cost to complete in the sample identified by considering contract performance and costs incurred post 

year-end along with discussions and challenge of contract managers who are responsible for the contract.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Assessing the forecasting accuracy of contract margins by evaluating initial forecasted margins for a sample of contracts across 

the portfolio against actual margins achieved.

92

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials 

Carrying value of goodwill (£54.7m) and investment in Indian joint venture (£4.5m)

Refer to page 69 (audit committee report), pages 101 to 106 (accounting policies) and notes 11 and 14 (financial disclosure)

The risk:

The carrying value of goodwill depends on assumptions of future financial performance which inherently contain an element of 
judgement and uncertainty. In addition, the investment in the joint venture is at risk of impairment due to its recent performance. 
Significant areas of judgement include sales growth rates, operating margins and the discount rate applied to future cash flows.

Our response:

Our audit procedures included:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Considering the Group’s impairment model for integrity and internal consistency with board approved budgets and forecast. We 
compared the Group’s assumptions to externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as 
projected growth and discount rates.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Performing sensitivity analysis on key assumptions to understand their impact on headroom. 

(cid:228)(cid:3) Considering the Group’s historical budgeting accuracy, by assessing actual performance against budget.

We also assessed whether the Group’s disclosures about the sensitivity of the outcome of the impairment assessment to changes in 
key assumptions reflected the risks inherent in the valuation of goodwill and investment in the joint venture.

3 Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit

The materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at £650,000, determined with reference to a benchmark of 
profit before tax, normalised to exclude this year’s other items as disclosed in note 5 of the accounts, of which it represents 4.9 per 
cent. The Group team performed procedures on the items excluded from normalised Group profit before tax. If other items disclosed 
in note 5 are not adjusted materiality represents 6.7 per cent of Group profit before tax.

We reported to the audit committee any corrected or uncorrected audit differences exceeding £32,500 in addition to other identified 
misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the Group’s six reporting components, we subjected five to audits for Group reporting purposes. The components within the scope 
of our work accounted for the following percentages of the Group’s results: 100 per cent of Group revenue, 94 per cent of Group net 
assets and 100 per cent of Group profit before tax.

For the remaining component, we performed analysis at an aggregated Group level to re-examine our assessment that there were no 
significant risks of material misstatement within these.

The Group team instructed component auditors as to the significant areas to be covered, including the relevant risks detailed above 
and the information to be reported back. The Group team approved the component materialities, which ranged from £320,000 to 
£400,000, having regard to the mix of size and risk profile of the Group across the components. The work on one of the six components 
was performed by overseas component auditors and the rest by the Group team. 

The Group team visited one component location in India. Video and telephone conference meetings were also held with these 
component auditors. At these visits and meetings, the findings reported to the Group team were discussed in more detail, and any 
further work required by the Group team was then performed by the component auditor.

4 Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified

In our opinion:

(cid:228)(cid:3) the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 

2006; and

(cid:228)(cid:3) the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year is consistent with the financial 

statements.

93

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF SEVERFIELD PLC

5 We have nothing to report on the disclosures of principal risks

Based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to: 

(cid:228)(cid:3) the directors’ viability statement on page 41, concerning the principal risks, their management, and, based on that, the directors’ 

assessment and expectations of the Group’s continuing in operation over the three years to 31 March 2019; or 

(cid:228)(cid:3) the disclosures in note 1 of the financial statements concerning the use of the going concern basis of accounting. 

6 We have nothing to report in respect of the matters on which we are required  
to report by exception 

Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to you if, based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have 
identified other information in the annual report that contains a material inconsistency with either that knowledge or the financial 
statements, a material misstatement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading. 

In particular, we are required to report to you if: 

(cid:228)(cid:3) we have identified material inconsistencies between the knowledge we acquired during our audit and the directors’ statement that 
they consider that the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy; or

(cid:228)(cid:3) the audit committee report does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the audit committee.

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

(cid:228)(cid:3) adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or 

(cid:228)(cid:3) the parent company financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement 

with the accounting records and returns; or 

(cid:228)(cid:3) certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

(cid:228)(cid:3) we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review: 

(cid:228)(cid:3) the directors’ statements, set out on pages 41 and 72, in relation to going concern and longer-term viability; and 

(cid:228)(cid:3) the part of the corporate governance statement on page 62 relating to the Company’s compliance with the 11 provisions of the 

2014 UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above responsibilities.

Scope and responsibilities

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 89, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. A description of the scope of an 
audit of financial statements is provided on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. This 
report is made solely to the Company’s members as a body and is subject to important explanations and disclaimers regarding our 
responsibilities, published on our website at www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2014a, which are incorporated into this report as 
if set out in full and should be read to provide an understanding of the purpose of this report, the work we have undertaken and the 
basis of our opinions.

Adrian Stone 
(Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered accountants 
One Sovereign Square 
Sovereign Street 
Leeds  
LS1 4DA 
15 June 2016

94

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

Continuing operations

Revenue

Operating costs
Operating profit before share of 
results of JVs and associates
Share of results of JVs and 
associates

Operating profit

Net finance expense

Profit/(loss) before tax

Taxation
Profit for the year attributable to 
the equity holders  of the parent

Earnings per share:

Basic

Diluted

Note

3

4

14

7

8

10

10

Before
other
items
2016
£000

Other
items
2016
£000

Total
2016
£000

Before
other
items
2015
£000

Other
items
2015
£000

Total
2015
£000

239,360

(225,674)

—

239,360

201,535

—

201,535

(3,568)

(229,242)

(192,561)

(8,502)

(201,063)

13,686

(3,568)

10,118

8,974

(8,502)

(230)

13,456

(245)

13,211

(2,280)

—

(3,568)

—

(3,568)

1,237

(230)

9,888

(245)

9,643

(1,043)

(213)

8,761

(450)

8,311

(1,449)

—

(8,502)

—

(8,502)

1,784

10,931

(2,331)

8,600

6,862

(6,718)

472

(213)

259

(450)

(191)

335

144

3.67p

3.65p

(0.78p)

(0.78p)

2.89p

2.87p

2.31p

2.31p

(2.26p)

(2.26p)

0.05p

0.05p

Further details of other items are disclosed in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

95

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

Actuarial gain/(loss) on defined benefit pension scheme*

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income*

Other comprehensive income for the year

Profit for the year from continuing operations
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to  
equity holders of the parent

*  These items will not be subsequently reclassified to the consolidated income statement.

Note

29

19

Year ended 
31 March 
2016
£000

Year ended 
31 March 
2015
£000

1,300

(353)

947

8,600

(4,471)

1,033

(3,438)

144

9,547

(3,294)

96

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AT 31 MARCH 2016

Assets

Non-current assets

  Goodwill

  Other intangible assets

  Property, plant and equipment

Interests in JVs and associates

  Deferred tax asset

Current assets

Inventories

  Trade and other receivables – due after one year £1,099 (2015: £1,711)

  Derivative financial instruments

  Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

  Trade and other payables

  Financial liabilities — derivatives

  Financial liabilities — finance leases

  Current tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities

  Retirement benefit obligations

  Financial liabilities — finance leases

  Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

At
 31 March 
2016
£000

At 
31 March 
2015
£000 

Note

11

12

13

14

19

15

17

20

20

18

20

20

29

20

19

22

23

54,712

4,480

77,362

11,611

1,100

54,712

7,088

76,606

4,802

1,870

149,265

145,078

5,294

50,742

—

19,033

75,069

224,334

4,767

64,530

118

6,884

76,299

221,377

(55,311)

(58,406)

(830)

(180)

(1,911)

(58,232)

—

(205)

(1,123)

(59,734)

(14,602)

(16,477)

(409)

(2,885)

(17,896)

(76,128)

(589)

(3,993)

(21,059)

(80,793)

148,206

140,584

7,437

85,702

2,300

52,767

7,437

85,702

1,250

46,195

148,206

140,584

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 15 June 2016 and signed on its behalf by:

Ian Lawson 
Chief executive officer

Alan Dunsmore 
Group finance director

97

 
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

At 1 April 2015

Total comprehensive income for the year

Equity settled share-based payments

Dividends paid

At 31 March 2016

At 1 April 2014

Total comprehensive income for the year

Equity settled share-based payments

At 31 March 2015

Note

21

Note

21

Share 
capital 
£000

7,437

—

—

—

7,437

Share 
capital 
£000

7,437

—

—

Share 
premium 
£000

85,702

—

—

—

85,702

Share 
premium 
£000

85,702

—

—

Other 
reserves 
£000

1,250

—

1,050

—

2,300

Other 
reserves 
£000

770

—

480

Retained 
earnings 
£000

46,195

9,547

—

(2,975)

52,767

Retained 
earnings 
£000

49,489

(3,294)

—

Total 
equity
 £000

140,584

9,547

1,050

(2,975)

148,206

Total 
equity 
£000

143,398

(3,294)

480

7,437

85,702

1,250

46,195

140,584

98

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

Net cash flow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of intangible fixed assets

Investment in JVs and associates

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Interest paid

Dividends paid

Repayment of obligations under finance leases

Repayment of borrowings

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended 
31 March 
2016
£000

Year ended 
31 March 
2015
£000

23,888

10,446

Note

24

668

(4,798)

(150)

(4,113)

(8,393)

(166)

(2,975)

(205)

—

(3,346)

12,149

6,884

19,033

4,434

(5,727)

—

(1,700)

(2,993)

(782)

—

(312)

(5,000)

(6,094)

1,359

5,525

6,884

99

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

1. Significant accounting policies
General information
Severfield plc (‘the Company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The address of the 
registered office is provided on page 138. The registered number of the Company is 1721262. The nature of the Group’s operations and 
its principal activities are set out on pages 14 to 21. These financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which the Group operates.

Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 
The consolidated financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS adopted for use in the European Union and 
therefore comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial 
instruments. The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below.

The following accounting standards, interpretations and amendments have been adopted by the Group in the current year:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Amendments to the following standards:

 — IAS 19 ‘Employee benefits’

 — Improvements to IFRSs (2010-2012)

 — Improvements to IFRSs (2011-2013)

The Group has considered the above new standards and amendments and has concluded that they are either not relevant to the 
Group or that they do not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements.

The following accounting standards, interpretations and amendments have been issued by the IASB but had either not yet been 
adopted by the European Union or were not yet effective in the European Union at 31 March 2016:

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

(cid:228)(cid:3)

IAS 1 (amended) ‘Presentation of financial statements’

IAS 16 (amended) ‘Property, plant and equipment’

IAS 27 (amended) ‘Separate financial statements’

IAS 28 (amended) ‘Investments in associates and joint ventures’

IAS 38 (amended) ‘Intangible assets’

IAS 41 (amended) ‘Agriculture’

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’

IFRS 10 (amended) ‘Consolidated financial statements’

IFRS 11 (amended) ‘Joint arrangements: accounting for acquisitions of interests in joint operations’

IFRS 12 (amended) ‘Disclosure of interest in other entities’

IFRS 14 ‘Regulatory deferral accounts’

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’

Improvements to IFRSs (2012-2014)

None of these new and amended standards have been adopted early by the Group and none of the new and amended standards are 
likely to have a significant impact on the Group’s future results. The Group has made initial assessments of the impact of IFRS 15 and 
no material quantitative impact is expected. The Group will perform a detailed review of its significant contracts to ensure that the 
impact and effect of the new standard is fully understood and implemented in advance of the effective date.

100

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Going concern
After making enquiries, the directors have formed a judgement at the time of approving the consolidated financial statements that 
there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least 12 months 
from the approval of the financal statements. For this reason the directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements. 

The key factors considered by the directors in making the statement are set out within the financial review on pages 36 to 41.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and the entities controlled by the 
Company made up to the reporting date each year. Control is achieved where the Company has the power over the investee, is exposed 
or has rights to variable return from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

Where relevant, the results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement 
from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line 
with those used by the Group.

All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Other items
Other items have been separately identified to provide a better indication of the Group’s underlying business performance. They are 
not considered to be ‘business as usual’ items and have a varying impact on different businesses and reporting periods. They have 
been separately identified as a result of their magnitude, incidence or unpredictable nature.

These non-underlying items are presented as a separate column within their related consolidated income statement category. Their 
separate identification results in the calculation of an underlying profit measure in the same way as it is presented and reviewed by 
management.

Items that may give rise to classification as non-underlying include, but are not limited to, restructuring items, the amortisation of 
acquired intangible assets, significant rectification and remediation costs on completed contracts, movements in the valuation of 
derivative financial instruments and certain non-recurring legal and consultancy costs. Restructuring items include income and 
expenses arising from major Group restructuring activities including redundancy costs, onerous contract and lease provisions and 
asset gains and impairments.

Further details of other items are disclosed in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

Business combinations 
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the 
aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued 
by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. The acquiree’s identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair value at 
the acquisition date. 

Investments in joint ventures and associates
An associated company is an entity over which the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control, through 
participation in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee. Significant influence is the power to participate in the 
financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control over those policies. 

A joint venture is an entity over which the Group is in a position to exercise joint control. The Group has adopted the equity method of 
accounting (as discussed below) for joint ventures and associated companies (together ‘JVs and associates’), in accordance with IFRS 11.

The results and assets and liabilities of JVs and associates are incorporated in these financial statements using the equity method of 
accounting unless it meets the exceptions described in IAS 28. Investments in JVs and associates are carried in the balance sheet at 
cost as adjusted by post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of their net assets, less any impairment in the value of individual 
investments. Losses in excess of the Group’s interest in those JVs and associates are not recognised unless, and only to the extent 
that, the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations on their behalf.

Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s share of the fair values of the identifiable net assets of the JVs and associates 
at the date of acquisition is recognised as goodwill. Any deficiency of the cost of acquisition below the Group’s share of the fair values 
of the identifiable net assets of the JVs and associates at the date of acquisition (i.e. discount on acquisition) is credited in the 
consolidated income statement in the period of acquisition.

101

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

1. Significant accounting policies continued
The consolidated income statement includes the Group’s share of the JVs and associates profit less losses while the Group’s share of 
the net assets of the JVs and associates is shown in the consolidated balance sheet.

Goodwill
The Group recognises goodwill at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill which is recognised as an asset is reviewed for 
impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately as a loss and is not subsequently reversed.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more 
frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less 
than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to 
the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment 
loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

On disposal of a subsidiary, associate or jointly controlled entity, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination 
of the profit or loss on disposal.

Negative goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for goods and services provided, net of sales taxes, 
rebates and discounts, after eliminating revenue within the Group.

Revenue from construction contracts is recognised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy on construction contracts 
(see below).

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable.

Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders’ rights to receive payment have been established.

Construction contracts
Revenue represents the gross value of work performed (including retentions) during the reporting period and is normally determined 
by qualified management assessment, taking into account customer certifications to date.

The general principles for profit recognition are as follows:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Revenues on contracts are recognised on a percentage of completion basis when the contract’s outcome can be estimated reliably. 

(cid:228)(cid:3) Provision is made for total losses incurred or foreseen in bringing the contract to completion as soon as they become apparent.

(cid:228)(cid:3) Variations are included in forecast contract revenues when it is considered probable that the customer will approve the variation 

and the amount of revenue arising from the variation, and the amount of revenue can be reliably measured.

(cid:228)(cid:3)

Incentive payments are included in forecast contract revenues when the contract is sufficiently advanced that it is probable that 
the specified performance standards will be met or exceeded and the amount of the incentive payment can be reliably measured. 

(cid:228)(cid:3) Claims receivable are recognised as income when negotiations have reached an advanced stage such that it is probable that the 
customer will accept the claim, and the amount that it is probable will be accepted by the customer can be measured reliably. 

(cid:228)(cid:3) Rectification work which is reasonably foreseeable is provided for as a cost of the contract and taken into account when assessing 

its overall profitability. Claims for rectification arising after the end of a contract and which have not been provided for are 
recognised as losses as they arise. 

When determining whether a contract’s outcome can be estimated reliably, management considers a number of indicators including 
the stage of completion of the contract to provide assurance over the reliability of costs to complete, cumulative cash received and 
agreed certifications, the inherent risk in certain industry sectors and whether certain contract milestones have been satisfied.

All costs relating to contracts are recognised as expenses in the period in which they are incurred, except where they relate to future 
activity on a contract, in which case they are recognised as an asset provided it is probable that they will be recovered. Where the 
outcome of a contract cannot be reliably estimated, contract revenue is recognised only to the extent that contract costs incurred are 
expected to be recovered. 

Percentage of completion is determined by reference to the contract costs incurred to date (the proportion that estimated total 
contract costs are accounted for by contract costs incurred for work performed to date). Only those contract costs that reflect work 
performed are included in costs incurred to date.

102

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Total expected contract costs are initially determined by the estimating function during the contract tender process. At launch, 
responsibility for the contract is handed over to the commercial function (consisting of qualified quantity surveyors) which, on an 
ongoing basis, reassesses the expected contract costs as the contract progresses, taking into account the risks identified in contract 
risk registers.

The assessment of the final outcome of each contract is determined by regular review of the revenues and costs to complete that 
contract. Regular monthly contract reviews form an integral part of the contract forecasting procedures.

Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership 
to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Amounts payable under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases are capitalised in the balance sheet at fair value and depreciated 
in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy. The capital element of the leasing commitment is included as obligations under 
finance leases. The rentals payable are apportioned between interest, which is charged to the income statement, and capital, which 
reduces the outstanding obligation.

Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates two defined contribution pension schemes and costs of these schemes are charged to the income statement in 
the period in which they are incurred.

The Group has a defined benefit pension scheme which is now closed. The liability recognised in the balance sheet comprises the 
present value of the defined benefit pension obligation, determined by discounting the estimated future cash flows using the market 
yield on a high quality corporate bond, less the fair value of the scheme assets.

The cost of providing benefits recognised within operating costs in the income statement and the defined benefit obligations is 
determined at the reporting date by independent actuaries, using the projected unit credit method.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in the period in which they occur in the statement of comprehensive income.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income 
statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes 
items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in 
the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted 
for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences 
and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences can be utilised. 

Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax 
profit nor the accounting profit.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
These are determined based on future changes in tax rates that have been enacted rather than simply future changes that have been 
proposed but not enacted. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or 
credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax 
assets and liabilities on a net basis.

103

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Dividends
Dividends are recorded in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which they are declared, appropriately authorised 
and no longer at the discretion of the Company.

Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings held for use in the production or supply of goods or services, or for administrative purposes, and plant and 
machinery are currently stated at cost in the balance sheet. Depreciation on buildings is included within operating costs.

Depreciation is provided on other property, plant and equipment to write off the cost of each asset over its estimated useful life at the 
following rates:

Freehold buildings
Long leasehold buildings 
Plant and machinery
Fixtures, fittings and office equipment
Computer equipment
Motor vehicles
Site safety equipment

1 per cent straight-line
Shorter of 1 per cent straight-line or lease term
10 per cent straight-line
10 per cent written down value
20 per cent straight-line
25 per cent written down value
20 per cent straight-line

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where 
shorter, over the term of the relevant lease.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and is included within operating costs.

Intangibles
The Group recognises intangible assets at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Intangible assets acquired 
through acquisitions arise as a result of applying IFRS 3, which requires the separate recognition of intangible assets from goodwill.

Other acquired intangible assets include software costs.

Intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives as follows:

Customer relationships
Brands
Know-how
Software costs

Amortisation 
period

10 years
25 years
10 years
7 years

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there 
is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the 
asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows 
that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset 
belongs. An intangible asset with an indefinite useful life is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication that 
the asset may be impaired.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future 
cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of 
the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately, 
unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

104

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the 
revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 
would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal 
of an impairment loss is recognised as income immediately, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case 
the reversal of the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation increase.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct 
labour costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net 
realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, 
selling and distribution.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are classified as loans and receivables, and therefore measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly liquid investments that are 
readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, 
including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for in the income statement using the 
effective interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period 
in which they arise. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating 
interest over the relevant period.

Trade payables
Trade payables are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Share-based payment transactions
The Group issues equity settled share-based payments. These share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant 
based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. The fair value determined is then expensed in the consolidated 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. Further details regarding 
the determination of the fair value of equity settled share-based transactions are set out in note 21.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that the Group will 
be required to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at the directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the 
obligation at the balance sheet date, and, as appropriate, are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group enters into certain foreign exchange forward contracts to manage its exposure to currency movements. Further details of 
derivative financial instruments are disclosed in note 20.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to 
their fair value at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss.

105

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

2. Critical accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires management to make judgements, assumptions and estimates that 
affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates. Assumptions and estimates are reviewed on an ongoing basis and any revisions to them are recognised 
in the period in which they are revised.

The following items are those that management considers to be critical due to the level of judgement and estimation required:

Revenue and profit recognition
Recognition of revenue and profit is based on judgements made in respect of the ultimate profitability of a contract. Such judgements 
are arrived at through the use of estimates in relation to the costs and value of work performed to date and to be performed in 
bringing contracts to completion. These estimates are made by reference to recovery of pre-contract costs, surveys of progress 
against the construction programme, changes in work scope, the contractual terms under which the work is being performed, 
including the recoverability of any unagreed income from variations and the likely outcome of discussions on claims, costs incurred 
and external certification of the work performed.

The Group has appropriate internal control procedures over the determination of each of the above variables to ensure that profit 
take as at the balance sheet date and the extent of future costs to contract completion are reasonably and consistently determined 
and subject to appropriate review and authorisation.

Impairment of goodwill and other non-current assets
Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment, along with the intangible assets and other assets of the Group’s cash-generating 
units. The Group’s investment in its Indian joint venture has also been reviewed for impairment.

Determining whether goodwill or other non-current assets are impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the business 
being tested for impairment and of the cash-generating units to which these assets have been allocated. The value in use calculation 
requires the entity to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-generating unit, taking into account the 
achievability of long-term business plans and macroeconomic assumptions underlying the valuation process, and a suitable discount 
rate in order to calculate present value. The discount rates used are based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital adjusted to 
reflect the specific economic environment of the relevant cash-generating unit.

The carrying amount of goodwill at the balance sheet date was £54,712,000 and of intangible assets arising from acquisitions 
was £3,953,000 (2015: £6,573,000). The carrying value of the Group’s investment in the Indian joint venture was £4,468,000 (2015: 
£4,802,000) at the balance sheet date.

Disclosure of other (non-underlying) items
The Group has presented certain items of a one-off and material nature as non-underlying items in the income statement and notes 
to the consolidated financial statements. These items have been disclosed because the directors view their presentation as relevant 
to the understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance. Judgement is required to determine which items are disclosed 
as one-off. Inclusion within this category is restrictive and is applied consistently.

One-off items before tax recognised in the year ended 31 March 2016 were £3,568,000 (2015: £8,502,000).

Retirement benefit obligations
The Group’s defined benefit pension scheme has been valued in accordance with IAS 19 ‘Employee benefits’. The benefit obligation 
is calculated using a number of assumptions including increases in pension benefits, mortality rates and inflation and the future 
investment returns from the scheme’s assets. The present value of the benefit obligations is calculated by discounting the benefit 
obligation using market rates on relevant AA corporate bonds at the balance sheet date.

The scheme’s assets are valued at market rates at the balance sheet date. Effects of changes in the actuarial assumptions underlying 
the benefit obligation, discount rates and the difference between expected and actual returns on the scheme’s assets are classified 
as actuarial gains and losses.

The defined benefit obligation recognised at the balance sheet date was £14,602,000 (2015: £16,477,000).

Of the items discussed above, revenue and profit recognition (including the assessment of the remedial costs for the Leadenhall 
building in the prior year) represents the key source of estimation uncertainty.

106

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

3. Revenue and segmental analysis
Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Revenue from construction contracts

Total revenue

Other operating income 

Interest received (note 7)

Total income

2016
£000

239,360

239,360

666

16

2015
£000

201,535

201,535

403

7

240,042

201,945

Segmental results
Following the adoption of IFRS 8, the Group has identified its operating segments with reference to the information regularly reviewed 
by the executive committee (the chief operating decision maker (‘CODM’)) to assess performance and allocate resources. On this basis 
the CODM has identified one operating segment (construction contracts) which in turn is the only reportable segment of the Group.

The constituent operating segments have been aggregated as they have businesses with similar products and services, production 
processes, types of customer, methods of distribution, regulatory environments and economic characteristics. Given that only one 
operating and reporting segment exists, the remaining disclosure requirements of IFRS 8 are provided within the consolidated income 
statement and balance sheet.

Revenues by product group
All revenue is derived from construction contracts and related assets.

Geographical information
The Group’s revenue from external customers is detailed below:

Revenue by destination:

United Kingdom

Republic of Ireland and mainland Europe

Other countries

2016
£000

2015
£000

230,614

194,974

8,746

–

5,459

1,102

239,360

201,535

All revenue originated from the United Kingdom and all non-current assets of the Group are located in the United Kingdom.

Information about major customers
Included in Group revenue is £37,388,000 and £24,433,000 relating to two major customers, which individually contributed to more 
than 10 per cent of Group revenue in the year ended 31 March 2016. In the prior year, Group revenue included £43,075,000 relating to 
one major customer, which individually contributed to more than 10 per cent of Group revenue.

107

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

4. Operating costs

Raw materials and consumables (including subcontractor costs)

Staff costs (note 6)

Other operating charges

Amortisation of other intangible assets (note 12)

Operating lease expense:

— plant and machinery

— other 

Depreciation (note 13):

— owned property, plant and equipment

— property, plant and equipment held under finance leases

— investment property

Other operating income

Operating costs before other items

Other items (note 5)

Other operating charges include:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for other services:

— the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

— audit-related assurance services

— other assurance services

— taxation compliance services

— other taxation advisory services

2016
£000

2015
£000

127,027

109,717

60,596

31,863

138

1,354

1,669

3,593

100

—

(666)

53,975

22,499

137

1,354

1,650

3,442

180

10

(403)

225,674

192,561

3,568

8,502

229,242

201,063

17

143

15

25

—

—

17

148

35

—

39

52

Fees payable to KPMG LLP (2015: Deloitte LLP) and their associates for non-audit services to the Company are not required to be 
disclosed because the consolidated financial statements are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis. 

In addition to the non-audit fees above, the Group incurred non-audit fees of £52,000 in respect of other assurance services provided 
to its Indian joint venture.

108

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

5. Other items

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets (note 12)

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (note 20)

Contract remedial costs

Other items before tax

Tax on other items

Other items after tax

2016
 £000

2,620

948

—

3,568

(1,237)

2,331

2015
£000

2,620

(118)

6,000

8,502

(1,784)

6,718

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets represents the amortisation of customer relationships which were identified on the 
acquisition of Fisher Engineering in 2007. These relationships will be fully amortised within the next two years.

A non-cash loss on derivative financial instruments of £948,000 was recognised in relation to the movement in fair values of foreign 
exchange contracts which will reverse when the underlying contract matures in the following year. The fair value of these derivatives 
is primarily a function of exchange rate fluctuations between sterling and the euro. The loss for the year of £948,000 is partly due 
to the increased number of foreign exchange contracts taken out by the Group as a result of increased contract activity with the 
Republic of Ireland, reflecting an improving market position.

The contract remedial costs in the prior year related to the programme of bolt replacement works at the Leadenhall building, a 
contract that was completed in 2013. They were treated as non-underlying costs in accordance with the Group’s stated policy. 
This work is now substantially complete and the actual costs of the programme are consistent with the non-underlying charge of 
£6,000,000 which was recorded in 2014/15. Notwithstanding this, discussions remain ongoing between the Group and the other 
parties involved to determine where the ultimate liability for the programme costs should reside. Similar to 2014/15, no account has 
been taken of possible future cost recoveries from third parties, as these cannot be recognised under IFRS.

6. Staff costs
Details of directors’ remuneration for the year are provided in the audited part of the directors’ remuneration report on page 82.

The average number of persons employed by the Group (including executive directors) during the year was:

Production and site

Sales and administration

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Employee remuneration costs under share-based payment schemes are set out in note 21.

2016 
Number

1,204

98

1,302

2016
£000

52,825

5,724

2,047

60,596

2015 
Number

1,119

93

1,212

2015
£000

46,824

5,227

1,924

53,975

109

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

7. Net finance expense

Finance income 

Finance expense 

8. Taxation
a) The taxation (charge)/credit comprises:

Current tax

UK corporation tax

Adjustments to prior years’ tax provisions

Deferred tax (note 19)

Current year (charge)/credit 

Impact of reduction in future years’ tax rates

Adjustments to prior years’ provisions

b) Tax reconciliation
The (charge)/credit for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the income statement as follows:

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax on (profit)/loss on ordinary activities at standard UK corporation tax rate

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Tax effect of share of results of JVs and associates

Unprovided deferred tax movement

Adjustments to prior years’ provisions

Rate differences

Corporation tax was calculated at 20 per cent (2015: 21 per cent) of the estimated taxable result for the year.

2016
£000

(16)

261

245

2016
£000

(1,607)

(127)

(1,734)

(159)

523

327

691

(1,043)

2016
£000

9,643

(1,929)

(63)

(53)

279

200

523

(1,043)

2015
£000

(7)

457

450

2015
£000

(512)

(154)

(666)

573

—

428

1,001

335

2015
£000

(191)

40

(136)

29

128

274

—

335

110

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

9. Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2015 of 0.5p per share (2014: nil)

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2016 of 0.5p per share (2015: nil)

2016
£000

1,487

1,487

2,975

2015
£000

—

—

—

The directors are recommending a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 March 2016 of 1.0p per share, which  
will amount to an estimated dividend payment of £2,974,000. If approved by the shareholders at the annual general meeting on  
6 September 2016, this dividend will be paid on 16 September 2016 to shareholders who are on the register of members at 19 August 
2016. This dividend is not reflected in the balance sheet as at 31 March 2016 as it is subject to shareholder approval.

10. Earnings per share
Earnings per share is calculated as follows:

Earnings for the purposes of basic earnings per share being net profit 
attributable to equity holders of the parent company
Earnings for the purposes of underlying basic earnings per share being underlying  
net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company

2016
£000

8,600

2015
£000

144

10,931

6,862

Number

Number

Number of shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share

297,503,587 297,503,587

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

1,715,818

—

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

299,219,405 297,503,587

Basic earnings per share

Underlying basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Underlying diluted earnings per share

Reconciliation of earnings

Net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company

Other items

Underlying net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company

Further details of other items are provided in note 5.

2.89p

3.67p

2.87p

3.65p

2016
£000

8,600

2,331

10,931

0.05p

2.31p

0.05p

2.31p

2015
£000

144

6,718

6,862

111

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

11. Goodwill
The goodwill balance was created on the following acquisitions:

On the Fisher Engineering acquisition in 2007

On the Atlas Ward acquisition in 2005

On the Watson Steel Structures acquisition in 2001

£000

47,980

6,571

161

54,712

All of the acquisitions above are included in one reported segment (construction contracts) and the cash flows of the businesses are 
closely related. Testing for impairment is performed at the operating segment level, which is the level at which management monitors 
goodwill for internal purposes.

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill may be impaired.

The recoverable amounts of goodwill are determined from value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use 
calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the 
year. The directors estimate discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the CGUs. Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations on future 
changes in the market. 

The Group prepares forecast cash flows based on the following year’s budget, approved by the directors, together with cash flows 
based on projections for the following two years which are derived from the Group’s strategic plan. After this period, cash flows have 
been extrapolated using a growth rate of 1.5 per cent (2015: 1.5 per cent) which does not exceed the long-term growth rate for the 
relevant markets. The cash flow forecasts have been discounted using a pre-tax discount rate of 10 per cent (2015: 10 per cent).

Following the impairment reviews performed by the Group, no impairment charge was recorded in the year ended 31 March 2016.

Management considers that no reasonably possible change in the key assumptions would cause the goodwill to fall below its carrying 
value at 31 March 2016.

112

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

12. Other intangible assets

Cost

At 1 April 2014 and 1 April 2015

Additions

At 31 March 2016

Amortisation

At 1 April 2014

Charge for the year

At 1 April 2015

Charge for the year

At 31 March 2016

Carrying amount 

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2015

Intangible 
assets 
acquired on 
acquisition 
£000

39,000

—

39,000

29,807

2,620

32,427

2,620

35,047

3,953

6,573

Other 
intangible 
assets
 £000

883

150

1,033

231

137

368

138

506

527

515

Total
£000

39,883

150

40,033

30,038

2,757

32,795

2,758

35,553

4,480

7,088

The intangible assets acquired on acquisition arise as a result of applying IFRS 3, which requires the separate recognition of acquired 
intangibles from goodwill. The Group’s acquired intangible assets are as follows:

Cost 

At 1 April 2014 and 31 March 2016

25,800

3,200

9,600

400

39,000

Customer 
relationships
 £000

Brands
 £000

Order 
book 
£000

Know-how 
£000

Total
£000

Amortisation

At 1 April 2014

Charge for the year

At 1 April 2015

Charge for the year

At 31 March 2016

Net book value

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2015

16,747

2,580

19,327

2,580

21,907

3,893

6,473

3,200

—

3,200

—

3,200

—

—

9,600

—

9,600

—

9,600

—

—

260

40

300

40

340

60

100

29,807

2,620

32,427

2,620

35,047

3,953

6,573

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets is included in the consolidated income statement as part of operating costs and is 
classified as other items (see note 5).

113

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

13. Property, plant and equipment (including investment property)

Cost 

At 1 April 2014

Additions

Disposals

At 1 April 2015

Additions

Disposals

At 31 March 2016

Accumulated depreciation 

At 1 April 2014

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 1 April 2015

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 March 2016

Carrying amount

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2015

Investment 
property 
£000

6,197

—

(6,197)

—

—

—

—

2,327

10

(2,337)

—

—

—

—

—

—

Plant 
and machinery 
£000

Fixtures,  
fittings 
and office 
equipment 
£000

Freehold  
and long  
leasehold
 land and 
buildings 
£000

66,184

62

(215)

66,031

122

(275)

65,878

3,444

527

—

3,971

525

(12)

4,484

31,466

5,211

(887)

35,790

3,989

(1,810)

37,969

21,307

2,762

(716)

23,353

2,755

(1,658)

24,450

61,394

62,060

13,519

12,437

Motor
 vehicles 
£000

Total
£000 

1,480

107,262

62

(587)

955

91

(589)

457

948

148

(446)

650

91

(468)

273

6,627

(7,886)

106,003

4,985

(2,674)

108,314

29,264

3,632

(3,499)

29,397

3,693

(2,138)

30,952

184

305

77,362

76,606

1,935

1,292

—

3,227

783

—

4,010

1,238

185

—

1,423

322

—

1,745

2,265

1,804

The net book value of the Group’s plant and machinery includes £802,000 (2015: £1,174,000) of assets held under finance leases.

In the prior year, the Group sold its sole investment property in Leeds for a gross consideration of £3,830,000. This resulted in a small 
loss on disposal after taking into account transaction costs.

14. Interests in JVs and associates
The Group has an interest in an associated company and two joint ventures as follows:

Associated companies:

Fabsec Limited — development of fire beam

Joint ventures:

JSW Severfield Structures Limited — structural steelwork serving the Indian market

Composite Metal Flooring Limited — manufacturer of metal decking

Holding
 %

25.0

Class of 
capital

Ordinary

50.0

50.0

Ordinary

Ordinary

In 2008 a formal agreement was signed in India with JSW Building Systems Limited (a subsidiary of JSW Steel Limited of India) to 
form a 50/50 joint venture, JSW Severfield Structures Limited, to create a structural steelwork business in Bellary and Mumbai, India, 
serving primarily the Indian market. 

114

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

14. Interests in JVs and associates continued
JSW Severfield Structures Limited is registered in India. During the year, the Group did not make any further investments in the 
joint venture (2015: £1,700,000). As a result of the loss of £319,000 recorded during the year, the Group’s investment in the Indian 
joint venture of £4,468,000 has been reviewed for impairment. The recoverable amount of the investment is determined from value 
in use calculations which are based on the following year’s budget, together with financial projections for 2017/18 to 2019/20. The 
calculations assume a long-term growth rate of 1.5 per cent (2015: 1.5 per cent) from 2020/21 onwards and a pre-tax discount rate 
of 10 per cent (2015: 10 per cent). Following this review, no impairment charge was recorded in the year ended 31 March 2016 (2015: 
£nil). Management considers that no reasonably possible change in the key assumptions would result in an impairment.

On 16 November 2015, the Group completed its investment in a 50% share of Composite Metal Flooring Limited (‘CMF’) which has 
been accounted for as a joint venture. The total consideration for the investment is £7,039,000, which consists of an initial payment 
of £4,126,000 (including transaction costs of £126,000), an additional payment of £413,000 (made in early 2016/17) following 
agreement of the final working capital position and a further £2,500,000 which is payable over the next five years subject to certain 
conditions.

At 1 April 2014

Net assets acquired

Losses retained

At 1 April 2015

Net assets acquired

Losses retained

At 31 March 2016

Goodwill 
£000

—

—

—

—

5,326

—

5,326

The Group’s share of the retained loss for the year of JVs and associates is made up as follows:

Share of results

Fabsec 
Limited
 £000

—

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s JVs and associates is as follows:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Group’s share of net assets

Revenue

(Loss)/profit after tax

Group’s share of loss after tax

JSW  
Severfield 
Structures 
Limited 
£000

26,753

24,671

(34,939)

(9,922)

6,563

3,282

39,667

(638)

(319)

Fabsec 
Limited
 £000

1,137

334

(165)

(2,159)

(853)

(213)

543

—

—

JSW  
Severfield 
Structures 
Limited 
£000

(319)

Composite 
Metal 
Flooring
 Limited 
£000

4,446

2,225

(2,299)

(779)

3,593

1,797

3,855

178

89

Share of 
net assets/ 
(liabilities) 
£000

3,315

1,700

(213)

4,802

1,713

(230)

6,285

Composite 
Metal 
Flooring
 Limited 
£000

89

2016
£000

32,336

27,230

(37,403)

(12,860)

9,303

4,866

44,065

(460)

(230)

There were no contingent liabilities or capital commitments (2015: none) associated with the Group’s JVs and associates.

15. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Work-in-progress

2016
£000

3,233

2,061

5,294

Total
£000

3,315

1,700

(213)

4,802

7,039

(230)

11,611

Total
£000 

(230)

2015
£000

28,868

26,081

(32,111)

(15,993)

6,845

3,688

42,365

181

(213)

2015
£000 

4,075

692

4,767

115

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

16. Construction contracts

Contracts-in-progress at balance sheet date:

Amounts due from construction contract customers included in trade and other receivables

Amounts due to construction contract customers included in trade and other payables

Contract costs incurred plus recognised profits less recognised losses to date

Less: progress billings received

17. Trade and other receivables 

Amounts due from construction contract customers (note 16):

— Current amounts receivable in respect of progress billings

— Retentions due within one year

— Retentions due after one year

Total

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Amounts due from JVs and associates

2016
£000

2015
£000

45,013

(500)

44,513

60,440

(5,074)

55,366

288,444

356,840

(243,931)

(301,474)

44,513

55,366

2016
£000

40,697

3,217

1,099

45,013

517

4,611

601

2015
£000

55,130

3,599

1,711

60,440

626

3,219

245

50,742

64,530

The average credit period taken on revenue, calculated on a count-back basis to make appropriate allowance for monthly revenue 
phasing, is 52 days (2015: 79 days). No interest is charged on receivables.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Before accepting any new customer, the Group uses an external credit rating agency to assess the potential customer’s credit quality 
and defines credit limits by customer. It is Group policy that adequate credit insurance is taken out on all customers to manage the 
exposure that may arise as the contractual work proceeds. Accordingly, no bad debt provisions are held or expenses incurred. The 
Group’s executive risk committee reviews situations where adequate credit insurance on the Group’s customers cannot be purchased 
in the present economic climate as required.

Due to the nature of the business involving applications for payment, contractually overdue amounts within trade and other 
receivables are limited to retentions. The Group has rigorous procedures in place for monitoring and obtaining settlement of 
retentions in a prompt manner. 

Overdue retentions at 31 March 2016 were £490,000 (2015: £230,000).

116

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

18. Trade and other payables

Trade creditors

Other taxation and social security

Other creditors and accruals

Payments in advance (note 16)

2016
£000

25,835

6,694

22,282

500

55,311

2015
£000 

32,255

3,562

17,515

5,074

58,406

Other creditors and accruals includes the outstanding purchase consideration for CMF and the remaining contract remedial costs 
associated with the programme of bolt replacement works at the Leadenhall building (see note 5). Other creditors and accruals in the 
prior year included the Leadenhall contract remedial costs.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

The average credit period taken for trade purchases, calculated on a count-back basis to make appropriate allowance for monthly 
revenue phasing, is 43 days (2015: 58 days).

19. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current 
and prior reporting period.

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax is disclosed in the balance sheet as follows:

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax asset — trading losses

2016
£000

(6,301)

4,516

(1,785)

2016
£000

(2,885)

1,100

(1,785)

At 1 April 2014

Credit/(charge) to income statement

Credit to equity

At 1 April 2015

Credit/(charge) to income statement

Effect of change in tax rate

(Charge)/credit to equity

At 31 March 2016

Excess
 capital 
allowances 
£000

Acquired 
intangible 
assets 
£000

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£000

(6,387)

(1,838)

86

—

524

—

(6,301)

(1,314)

179

572

—

(5,550)

524

39

—

(751)

2,506

(106)

894

3,294

(116)

(21)

(384)

2,773

Trading  
losses
 £000

1,780

90

—

1,870

(727)

(43)

—

1,100

Other timing 
differences 
£000

(218)

407

139

328

308

(24)

31

643

2015
£000

(7,615)

5,492

(2,123)

2015
£000

(3,993)

1,870

(2,123)

Total
£000

(4,157)

1,001

1,033

(2,123)

168

523

(353)

(1,785)

117

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

19. Deferred tax liabilities continued
The UK corporation tax rate is set to reduce from 20 per cent to 19 per cent with effect from 1 April 2017 and to 18 per cent with 
effect from 1 April 2020. As these changes were substantively enacted on 26 October 2015, they have been used to calculate closing 
deferred tax balances as appropriate. The tax losses on which a deferred tax asset has been recognised do not expire. Deferred tax 
assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the utilisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable 
profits is probable. In determining the amounts of deferred tax assets to be recognised, management uses historical profitability 
information and, if relevant, forecasted operating results, based on approved budgets and forecasts, including a review of the eligible 
carry-forward periods, tax planning opportunities and other relevant considerations.

At the reporting date the Group had unrecognised tax losses from operations of £3,947,000 (2015: £5,437,000).

20. Financial instruments
Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while optimising the 
return to stakeholders. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes borrowings, cash and cash equivalents and 
equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings.

The board reviews the capital structure of the Group on a semi-annual basis. As part of this review, it considers the cost of capital and 
the risks associated with each class of capital. The Group monitors capital using the following indicators:

i) Gearing ratio

Cash and cash equivalents

Unamortised debt arrangement fees

Finance leases

Net funds

Equity

Net debt to equity ratio

2016
£000

19,033

210

(589)

18,654

148,206

N/A

2015
£000

6,884

273

(794)

6,363

140,584

N/A

Equity includes all capital and reserves of the Group attributable to equity holders of the parent. There are no externally imposed 
capital requirements.

ii) Return on capital employed
Underlying operating profit plus share of post-tax results from JVs and associates divided by the average of opening and closing 
capital employed. Capital employed is defined as shareholders’ equity after adding back retirement benefit obligations (net of tax), 
acquired intangible assets and net funds.

Underlying operating profit

Share of results of JVs and associates

Capital employed:

Shareholders’ equity

Cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings

Net funds (for ROCE purposes)

Retirement benefit obligations (net of deferred tax) (note 29)

Acquired intangible assets (note 12)

Average capital employed

Return on capital employed

118

2016
£000

13,686

(230)

13,456

148,206

(19,033)

589

(18,444)

11,829

(3,953)

137,638

139,372

9.7%

2015
£000

8,974

(213)

8,761

140,584

(6,884)

794

(6,090)

13,183

(6,573)

141,104

142,509

6.1%

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

20. Financial instruments continued 
Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Amounts due from construction contract customers (note 16)

Derivative financial instruments

Unamortised debt arrangement fees 

Financial liabilities

Trade creditors (note 18)

Other creditors and accruals (note 18)

Derivative financial instruments

Finance leases

  Carrying value 

2016
£000

19,033

45,013

—

210

(25,835)

(22,282)

(830)

(589)

2015
£000

6,884

60,440

118

273

(32,255)

(17,515)

—

(794)

The Group’s financial instruments consist of borrowings, cash, unamortised debt arrangement fees items that arise directly 
from its operations and derivative financial instruments. Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables and trade and 
other payables generally have short terms to maturity. For this reason their carrying values approximate to fair value. The Group’s 
borrowings relate principally to amounts drawn down against its revolving credit facility, the carrying amounts of which approximate 
to their fair values by virtue of being floating rate instruments.

The Group is required to analyse financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into 
levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

(cid:228)(cid:3) Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or 

liabilities;

(cid:228)(cid:3) Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable 

for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

(cid:228)(cid:3) Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are 

not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Derivative financial instruments are the only instruments valued at fair value through profit or loss, and are valued as such on initial 
recognition. These relate to foreign currency forward contracts measured using quoted forward exchange rates and yield curves 
matching the maturities of the contracts. These derivative financial instruments are categorised as level 2 financial instruments. 
Except for derivative financial instruments, the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities are recorded at 
amortised cost in the consolidated financial statements.

General risk management principles
The board has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. A formal risk 
assessment and management framework for assessing, monitoring and managing the strategic, operational and financial risks of 
the Group is in place to ensure appropriate risk management of its operations. Internal control and risk management systems are 
embedded in the operations of the divisions.

Financial risks and management
The Group has exposure to a variety of financial risks through the conduct of its operations. Risk management is governed by the 
Group’s operational policies, which are subject to periodic review by the board of directors.

119

 
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

20. Financial instruments continued 
Credit risk
The Group’s primary exposure to credit risk arises from the potential for non-payment or default from construction contract debtors. 
The degree to which the Group is exposed to this credit risk depends on the individual characteristics of the contract counterparty 
and the nature of the project. The Group’s credit risk is also influenced by the general macroeconomic conditions. The Group does 
not have significant concentration of risk in respect of amounts due from construction contract customers at the reporting date with 
them being spread across a wide range of customers. Due to the nature of the Group’s operations, it is normal practice for customers 
to hold retentions in respect of contracts completed. Retentions held by customers at 31 March 2016 were £4,316,000 (2015: 
£5,310,000).

The Group manages its exposure to credit risk through the application of its credit risk management policies which specify the 
minimum requirements in respect of the creditworthiness of potential customers, assessed through reports from credit agencies, 
and the timing and extent of progress payments in respect of contracts. In addition, before accepting any new customer adequate 
credit insurance is taken out as reported in note 17. Where credit insurance is difficult to acquire, the executive risk committee 
determines the appropriate exposure for the Group to take with a customer.

The Group manages the collection of retentions through its post-completion project monitoring procedures and ongoing contact with 
customers so as to ensure that potential issues that could lead to the non-payment of retentions are addressed as soon as they are 
identified.

Amounts outstanding from construction contract customers are due with reference to the payment terms for each particular contract 
but the majority would be receivable within four months from the end of the reporting period. Amounts due for settlement after 12 
months are disclosed in note 17.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due. The ultimate 
responsibility for liquidity risk rests with the board.

The Group generates cash through its operations and aims to manage liquidity by ensuring that it will always have sufficient financing 
facilities to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stress conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking 
damage to the Group’s reputation. Forecast and actual cash flow is continuously monitored.

The Group has a £25,000,000 revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) with HSBC Bank plc and Yorkshire Bank which matures in July 2019.

This facility includes an accordion facility of £20,000,000, which allows the Group to increase the aggregate available borrowings to 
£45,000,000 at the Group’s request. The facility is subject to certain covenants including the cover of interest costs and the ratio of 
net debt to EBITDA.

As at 31 March 2016, £25,000,000 (2015: £25,000,000) of this facility was not drawn but available. Up to £10,000,000 of this facility is 
available by way of an overdraft.

In accordance with IFRS 7, the following tables detail the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its financial liabilities.

Liabilities – 2016

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities — finance leases

Financial liabilities — derivatives

Liabilities – 2015

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities — finance leases

Maturity analysis

Carrying 
value
 £000

48,117

589

830

Less than 
3 months 
£000

45,201

45

830

49,536

46,076

49,770

794

50,564

43,408

70

43,478

3 months 
to 1 year 
£000

2,006

135

—

2,141

5,799

135

5,934

1–2 
years 
£000

730

180

—

910

272

180

452

2–5 
years 
£000

180

229

—

409

291

409

700

Total
£000 

48,117

589

830

49,536

49,770

794

50,564

120

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

20. Financial instruments continued 
Market risk
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in credit risks described above, in foreign currency exchange 
rates and interest rates. The Group has entered into certain derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign 
currency risk.

Market risk exposures are monitored and are supplemented by sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure 
to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk.

Foreign currency risk management
The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies. Hence, exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise. 
Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters utilising forward foreign exchange contracts.

The Group seeks to minimise the effects of currency risks by using derivative financial instruments when appropriate to hedge these 
risk exposures against contracted sales. The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the board 
of directors. The Group does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments for speculative 
purposes.

The carrying value of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date are as 
follows:

Euro

US dollar

Liabilities

Assets

2016
£000

(427)

(3)

(430)

2015
£000

(149)

—

(149)

2016
£000

1,132

117

1,249

2015
£000

942

605

1,547

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The Group is only significantly exposed to the euro and US dollar.

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to a 10 per cent increase and decrease in sterling against the relevant foreign 
currencies. Ten per cent is the sensitivity rate used when reporting foreign currency risk internally to key management personnel 
and represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis 
includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and derivative financial instruments, and adjusts their 
translation at the year-end for a 10 per cent change in foreign currency rates. A positive number below indicates an increase in profit 
and other equity where sterling strengthens 10 per cent against the relevant currency. For a 10 per cent weakening of sterling against 
the relevant currency, there would be an equal and opposite impact on the profit and other equity, and the balances below would be 
negative.

Profit or loss and equity

  US dollar currency 
impact

  Euro currency  
impact 

2016
£000

(11)

2015
£000

(61)

2016
£000

1,136

2015
£000

501

At present the Group’s translation exposure to the Indian rupee via its Indian joint venture is not significant. As the business grows, 
this exposure is expected to become more significant.

Forward foreign exchange contracts
It is the policy of the Group to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to cover future euro and US dollar currency receipts on 
relevant contracts.

At 31 March 2016, the Group had forward exchange contracts held for the sale of 16.2m euros (2015: 7.7m euros) at an average 
exchange rate of 1.343 euros/£ (2015: 1.326 euros/£) which mature within 12 months of the year-end.

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

20. Financial instruments continued 
Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as described under the borrowings paragraph earlier in this note. The Group does not 
currently hedge any of its interest rate exposure.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the balance sheet date. For floating 
rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the gross amount of liability outstanding at balance sheet date was outstanding 
for the whole period. A 0.5 per cent increase or decrease is used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management 
personnel and represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates.

If interest rates had been 0.5 per cent higher and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s profit for the year ended 
31 March 2016 and the Group’s equity at that date would decrease by £nil (2015: £nil). If the £25,000,000 facility is fully utilised the 
exposure increases to £125,000. This is attributable to the Group’s exposure to interest rates on its variable rate borrowings.

21. Share-based payments
The Group operates a share-based incentive scheme open to all employees of the Group although the current intention is that only 
the Company’s executive directors (being both board directors and certain members of the executive committee) and selected senior 
employees will participate in the scheme. These awards will, in normal circumstances, vest subject to continued service and the 
achievement of performance conditions over a three-year period. Further details are given in the directors’ remuneration report on 
pages 76 to 88. 

Performance share plan
The vesting of awards is subject to performance conditions set by the remuneration committee. The Group recognised a total charge 
of £727,000 for the year (2015: £480,000) with a corresponding entry to reserves. The weighted average fair value of share options 
granted during the year was £0.67 per share. Three outstanding awards had been granted to 31 March 2016:

(cid:228)(cid:3) During the period ended 31 March 2014 the remuneration committee granted 2,183,779 ordinary shares of 2.5p each at £nil value. 
The vesting of these awards was dependent on the Group’s underlying earnings per share performance over the three-year period 
from 1 April 2013 to 31 March 2016. The following vesting schedule applies:

Underlying EPS performance for year ended 31 March 2016

Equal to less than 2.15p

Equal to 4.87p or better

Between 2.15p and 4.87p

The assumptions used to measure the fair value of the shares granted are as follows:

Share price on date of grant

Exercise price

Expected volatility (using historic performance)

Risk-free rate

Dividend

Actual life

*   Granted on 5 June 2013.

% of award vesting

0%

100%

between 25% and 100%

£0.48*

nil

98%

2.7%

1.0p

three years

122

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

21. Share-based payments continued
The Black–Scholes pricing model produced, using the above assumptions, an annual charge of £207,000 (2015: £229,000). 

(cid:228)(cid:3) During the year ended 31 March 2015 the remuneration committee granted 2,198,382 ordinary shares of 2.5p each at £nil value. 
The vesting of these awards will be dependent on the Group’s underlying earnings per share performance over the three-year 
period from 1 April 2014 to 31 March 2017. The following vesting schedule applies:

Underlying EPS performance for year ending 31 March 2017

Equal to less than 3.23p

Equal to 6.45p or better

Between 3.23p and 6.45p

The assumptions used to measure the fair value of the shares granted are as follows:

Share price on date of grant

Exercise price

Expected volatility (using historic performance)

Risk-free rate

Dividend

Actual life

*   Granted on 4 June 2014.

% of award vesting

0%

100%

between 25% and 100%

£0.55*

nil

76%

2.7%

1.0p

three years

The Black–Scholes pricing model produced, using the above assumptions, an annual charge of £167,000 (2015: £251,000). 

(cid:228)(cid:3) During the year ended 31 March 2016 the remuneration committee granted 2,328,798 ordinary shares of 2.5p each at £nil value. 
The vesting of these awards will be dependent on the Group’s underlying earnings per share performance over the three-year 
period from 1 April 2015 to 31 March 2018. The following vesting schedule applies:

Underlying EPS performance for year ending 31 March 2018

Equal to less than 4.30p

Equal to 6.45p or better

Between 4.30p and 6.45p

The assumptions used to measure the fair value of the shares granted are as follows:

Share price on date of grant

Exercise price

Expected volatility (using historic performance)

Risk-free rate

Dividend
Actual life

* Granted on 17 June 2015.

% of award vesting

0%

100%

between 25% and 100%

£0.70*

nil

74%

1.0%

1.0p
three years

The Black–Scholes pricing model produced, using the above assumptions, an annual charge of £353,000 (2015: £nil).

Reconciliation of share awards outstanding under the performance share plan are as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Lapsed during the year

Vested during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

2016
Number

2015
Number

6,170,645

5,420,362

2,328,798

2,198,382

(1,900,893)

(1,448,099)

–

—

6,598,550

6,170,645

123

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

21. Share-based payments continued
Save As You Earn share option plan (‘Sharesave’) 
The plan, which was established in 2014/15 and expires in 2024/25, is open to all employees on the UK payroll. Participants may elect 
to save up to £500 per month over the life of the plan under three yearly savings schemes, each with a separate savings contract. 
Under the 2015 Sharesave scheme, options were granted by the Company to participating employees to buy shares at a discount of 
20% from the then market price. At the end of the 2014/15 Sharesave scheme in 2017/18 those options will become exercisable for 
a period of six months. A charge of £323,000 (2015: £nil) was recognised in the current period in relation to the 2014/15 Sharesave 
scheme.

Reconciliation of share awards outstanding under the Shareshave plan are as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Lapsed during the year

Vested during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

22. Share capital

Issued and fully paid:

2016
Number

–

3,929,593

(215,537)

(4,583)

3,709,473

2015
Number

–

–

–

—

–

2016
£000

2015
£000

297,503,587 ordinary shares of 2.5p each (2015: 297,503,587 ordinary shares of 2.5p each)

7,437

7,437

There are no share options outstanding as at 31 March 2016 (2015: nil).

23. Other reserves

At 1 April 2014

Share-based payments charge

At 1 April 2015

Share-based payments charge

At 31 March 2016

Share-based 
payment 
reserve 
£000

631

480

1,111

1,050

2,161

Other 
reserves 
£000

139

—

139

—

139

Total
£000

770

480

1,250

1,050

2,300

The movement in the share-based payment reserve represents the share-based payment charge of £1,050,000 (2015: £480,000) 
(see note 21). 

124

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

24. Net cash flow from operating activities

Operating profit from continuing operations

Adjustments:

  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 13)

  Depreciation of investment property (note 13)

  Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

  Amortisation of intangible assets (note 12)

  Movements in pension scheme (note 29)

  Share of results of JVs and associates (note 14)

  Share-based payments (note 21)

  Movement in valuation of derivatives

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

  Decrease/(increase) in receivables

(Decrease)/increase in payables

Cash generated from operations

Tax paid

Net cash flow from operating activities

25. Analysis of net funds

Cash and cash equivalents

Unamortised debt arrangement fees

Financial liabilities — finance leases

26. Capital commitments

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements

2016
£000

9,888

3,693

—

(137)

2,758

(573)

230

1,050

948

17,857

(527)

13,725

(6,221)

24,834

(946)

23,888

2016
£000

19,033

210

(589)

18,654

2016
£000

728

2015
£000

259

3,622

10

(46)

2,757

(528)

213

480

(118)

6,649

1,075

(4,206)

7,893

11,411

(965)

10,446

2015
£000

6,884

273

(794)

6,363

2015
£000

—

27. Contingent liabilities
Liabilities have been recorded for the directors’ best estimate of uncertain contract positions, known legal claims, investigations and 
legal actions in progress. The Group takes legal advice as to the likelihood of success of claims and actions and no liability is recorded 
where the directors consider, based on that advice, that the action is unlikely to succeed, or that the Group cannot make a sufficiently 
reliable estimate of the potential obligation. The Group also has contingent liabilities in respect of other issues that may have 
occurred, but where no claim has been made and it is not possible to reliably estimate the potential obligation.

The Company and its subsidiaries have provided unlimited multilateral guarantees to secure any bank overdrafts and loans of 
all other Group companies. At 31 March 2016 these amounted to £15,000,000 (2015: £15,000,000). The Group has also given 
performance bonds in the normal course of trade.

125

 
 
Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

28. Operating lease arrangements
The Group as lessee
The Group leases a number of its premises under operating leases which expire between 2016 and 2032.

The total future minimum lease rentals are as follows:

Minimum lease rentals due:

— Within one year

— After one year and within five years

— After five years

2016
£000

1,113

3,192

11,016

15,321

2015
£000

1,140

3,656

11,553

16,349

The Group also leases certain items of plant and machinery and vehicles whose total future minimum lease rentals are as follows:

Minimum lease rentals due:

— Within one year

— After one year and within five years

— After five years

2016
£000

1,216

2,237

41

3,494

2015
£000

1,272

2,128

39

3,439

The Group as lessor
Property rental income earned on owned properties during the year was £152,000 (2015: £211,000). The properties held have 
committed tenants for the next one to five years. All operating lease contracts contain market review clauses in the event that the 
lessees exercise the options to renew. The lessees do not have an option to purchase the property at the expiry of the lease period.

As at the balance sheet date the Group had contracted with tenants for the following future minimum lease payments:

— Within one year

— After one year and within five years

— After five years

2016
£000

142

158

79

379

2015
£000

172

313

212

697

126

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

29. Retirement benefit obligations
Defined contribution schemes
The Group operates two defined contribution retirement benefit schemes. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those 
of the Group in funds under the control of trustees.

The total cost charged to income of £1,796,000 (2015: £1,644,000) represents contributions payable to these schemes by the Group 
at rates specified in the rules of the plans. As at 31 March 2016, contributions of £307,000 (2015: £266,000) due in respect of the 
current reporting period had not been paid over to the schemes.

Defined benefit schemes
The Group has a defined benefit scheme which is now closed to new members and no defined benefit membership rights will accrue 
under the scheme. 

The scheme exposes the Group to actuarial and other risks, the most significant of which are considered to be:

Investment risk The present values of the scheme liabilities are calculated using a discount rate determined by reference to 

Interest risk

Longevity risk

Salary risk

corporate bond yields; if the return on scheme assets is below this rate, it will create a plan deficit. The Group 
holds a significant proportion of growth assets (bonds, gilts and equities) to leverage the return generated by the 
scheme.
A decrease in the corporate bond interest rate will increase the scheme liabilities, although this will be partially 
offset by an increase in the return on the scheme’s assets.
The present values of the scheme liabilities are calculated by reference to the best estimate of the mortality of 
scheme participants which reflect continuing improvements in life expectancy. An increase in the life expectancy 
of the scheme participants will increase the scheme’s liabilities.
The present values of the defined benefit scheme liabilities are calculated by reference to the future salaries of 
scheme participants. As such, an increase in the salary of the scheme participants will increase the scheme’s 
liabilities.

The most recent actuarial valuations of plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation were carried out at 5 April 
2014 by Mr Christopher Hunter, Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit obligation, the related 
current service cost and past service cost were measured using the projected unit credit method.

Key assumptions used:

Discount rate

Inflation (RPI)

Future pension increases

2016 
%

3.5

3.0

2.9

2015 
%

3.2

2.9

2.8

When considering mortality assumptions a male life expectancy to 85 at age 65 has been used for the year ended 31 March 2016 
(2015: 85).

Impact on scheme liabilities of changes to key assumptions:

Assumption

Discount rate

Rate of mortality

Change in assumption

Impact on scheme liabilities

Increase/decrease by 0.25%

Decrease/increase by 4.3%

Increase by one year

Increase by 3.3%

Amounts recognised in income in respect of these defined benefit schemes are as follows:

Interest cost

Interest income

2016
£000

1,233

(723)

510

2015
£000

1,407

(898)

509

The charge for the year has been included in operating costs. Actuarial gains and losses have been reported in the statement of 
comprehensive income. The cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognised amount to a loss of £12,678,000 (2015: £13,980,000).

The actual return on scheme assets was a gain of £298,000 (2015: £2,414,000).

127

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

29. Retirement benefit obligations continued
The amount included in the balance sheet arising from the Group’s obligations in respect of the defined benefit retirement scheme is 
as follows:

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Fair value of scheme assets

The major categories of scheme assets as a percentage of the total scheme assets are as follows:

Equities

Bonds and gilts

Cash

Property

Other

2016
£000

(37,601)

22,999

(14,602)

2015
£000

(38,958)

22,481

(16,477)

2016 
%

25.8

56.8

4.9

10.5

2.0

2015 
%

21.3

61.3

6.2

9.2

2.0

100.0

100.0

Bonds and gilts include a mixture of corporate and government bonds and fixed and index-linked gilts. Approximately 6 per cent of 
bonds have a sub-investment grade credit rating (BB+ or lower) and approximately 93 per cent of gilts are index-linked, with 7 per 
cent being fixed.

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows:

At start of year

Interest cost

Actuarial gains/(losses)

Benefits paid

At end of year

2016
£000

(38,958)

(1,233)

1,727

863

2015
£000

(32,395)

(1,407)

(5,988)

832

(37,601)

(38,958)

Actuarial losses arising from changes in demographic assumptions, changes in financial assumptions and gains or losses arising 
from experience were losses of £nil (2015: £nil), gains of £1,330,000 (2015: losses of £5,624,000) and gains of £397,000 (2015: losses 
of £364,000) respectively.

Movements in the fair value of scheme assets were as follows:

At start of year

Interest income

Actuarial (losses)/gains

Employer contributions

Benefits paid

At end of year

2016
£000

2015
£000

22,481

19,862

723

(427)

1,083

(861)

22,999

898

1,517

1,037

(833)

22,481

The Group expects to contribute £91,000 (2015: £88,000) per month to its defined benefit pension scheme in the year to 31 March 2017.

128

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Group

29. Retirement benefit obligations continued
History of experience of gains and losses:

Experience (losses)/gains on scheme assets (£000)

Percentage of scheme assets

Experience losses/(gains) on scheme liabilities (£000)

Percentage of the present value of scheme liabilities

Total amount recognised in the consolidated  
statement of comprehensive income (£000)

Percentage of the present value of scheme liabilities

* Represents the 15-month period ended 31 March 2013.

2016

(427)

(1.8%)

397

1.1%

2015

1,517

6.7%

(364)

(0.9%)

2014

(515)

(2.6%)

(105)

(0.3%)

2013*

961

5.0%

424

1.4%

2011

243

1.4%

(512)

(1.9%)

1,300

3.5%

(4,471)

(11.5%)

(1,261)

(3.9%)

(2,824)

(9.1%)

(1,369)

(5.1%)

The weighted average period over which benefits are expected to be paid, or the duration of the liabilities, is currently 17 years.

30. Related party transactions
The remuneration of the directors is provided in the audited part of the directors’ remuneration report on page 82.

In addition to the board of directors, members of the executive committee are also considered as key management personnel of the 
Group. Information about the remuneration of the additional directors who belong to the executive committee is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits

Contributions into pension schemes

2016
£000

1,358

116

1,474

2015
£000

1,190

93

1,283

Short-term employee benefits include salary, bonus, social security contributions, the provision of company cars, fuel for company 
cars and private medical insurance.

The charge in relation to share-based payments is provided in note 21 and relates to executive directors and members of the 
executive committee.

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not 
disclosed in this note. Transactions between the Group and its associated undertakings are disclosed below.

During the year the Group purchased services in the ordinary course of business from Fabsec Limited (‘Fabsec’) at a cost of £120,000  
(2015: £162,000). The amount due to Fabsec at 31 March 2016 was £116,000 (2015: £69,000).

During the year the Group has contracted with and purchased services from Composite Metal Flooring Limited (‘CMF’) amounting 
to £382,000 (2015: £nil). The amount due from and to CMF at 31 March 2016 was £101,000 (2015: £nil) and £266,000 (2015: £nil) 
respectively.  

During the year the Group incurred additional operating costs in relation to the day-to-day running of its Indian joint venture (‘JSSL’) of 
£557,000 (2015: £596,000). Those costs were recharged to JSSL during the year and the amount due from JSSL at 31 March 2016 was 
£500,000 (2015: £245,000).

129

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

FIVE YEAR SUMMARY

Results

Revenue

Underlying* operating profit/(loss)

Underlying* profit/(loss) before tax

Non-underlying items before tax
Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders  
of Severfield plc

Assets employed

Non-current assets

Net current assets/(liabilities)

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Key statistics

Earnings per share:

Basic — underlying*

Basic

Diluted — underlying*

Diluted

Dividends per share

Dividend cover (times) — underlying* basis

Share price  — high

— low

2016
£000

2015
£000

2014 
£000

2013†
£000

2011 
£000 

239,360

201,535

231,312

318,256

267,778

13,686

13,211

(3,568)

8,974

8,311

(8,502)

7,621

4,025

(8,082)

(19,218)

(21,532)

(7,326)

14,193

10,117

(3,335)

8,600

144

(2,640)

(23,127)

5,822

149,265

16,837

(17,896)

148,206

145,078

16,565

(21,059)

140,584

147,650

14,243

(18,495)

143,398

3.67p

2.89p

3.65p

2.87p

1.50p

2.4

73.25p

52.75p

2.31p

0.05p

2.31p

0.05p

—

—

72.00p

53.50p

0.88p

(0.89p)

0.88p

(0.89p)

—

—

65.50p

38.00p

154,871

(32,060)

(20,410)

102,401

(10.78p)

(13.49p)

(10.78p)

(13.49p)

1.50p

(13.8)

114.26p

35.40p

156,940

(3,059)

(21,583)

132,298

4.19p

3.39p

4.19p

3.39p

5.00p

1.6

173.60p

78.08p

Key statistics for 2013 and 2011 have been restated to reflect the 7:3 rights issue in April 2013.

*  The basis of stating results on an underlying basis is set out on page 101.
†  Represents the 15-month period ended 31 March 2013.

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Preliminary announcement of full-year results
Publication of annual report
Annual general meeting
Announcement of interim results (provisional)

15 June 2016
July 2016
6 September 2016
22 November 2016

130

 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Company

COMPANY BALANCE SHEET

AT 31 MARCH 2016

Fixed assets

Tangible assets

Intangible assets

Investments

Current assets

Debtors — amounts falling due within one year

Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors — amounts falling due within one year

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium

Other reserves

Profit and loss account

Equity and total shareholders’ funds

Note

2016
£000

2015
£000

2

3

4

5

59,607

528

94,494

154,629

42,810

3,300

46,110

(89,189)

(43,079)

111,550

7,437

85,702

2,150

16,261

60,022

515

100,659

161,196

48,094

—

48,094

(100,907)

(52,813)

108,383

7,437

85,702

1,100

14,144

111,550

108,383

The financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 15 June 2016 and signed on its behalf by:

Ian Lawson 
Chief executive officer

Alan Dunsmore 
Group finance director

Severfield plc 
Registered in England No: 1721262

131

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

At 1 April 2015

Total comprehensive income for the year

Equity settled share-based payments

Dividends paid

At 31 March 2016

At 1 April 2014

Total comprehensive income for the year

Equity settled share-based payments

At 31 March 2015

Share 
capital 
£000

7,437

—

—

—

7,437

Share 
capital 
£000

7,437

—

—

Share 
premium 
£000

85,702

—

—

—

85,702

Share 
premium 
£000

85,702

—

—

Other 
reserves 
£000

1,100

—

1,050

—

2,150

Other 
reserves 
£000

620

—

480

Retained 
earnings 
£000

14,144

5,092

—

(2,975)

16,261

Retained 
earnings 
£000

8,323

5,821

–

Total 
equity
 £000

108,383

5,092

1,050

(2,975)

111,550

Total 
equity 
£000

102,082

5,821

480

7,437

85,702

1,100

14,144

108,383

132

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Company

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

1. Significant accounting policies
Basis of accounting
The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’ (‘FRS 101’). The Company transitioned from previous UK GAAP to FRS 101 for all periods presented. Details of 
adjustments arising on transition can be found in note 8.

The financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis, under the historical cost convention and in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation 
to share-based payments, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of a cash flow statement and related notes, 
related party transactions and comparative period reconciliations. In addition, disclosures in relation to share capital (note 22), 
share premium and dividends (note 9) have not been repeated here as there are no differences to those provided in the consolidated 
financial statements.

Except as noted below, the Company’s accounting policies are consistent with those described in the consolidated financial 
statements of Severfield plc.

Profit of the parent company
The Company has taken advantage of section 408 of the Act and consequently the statement of comprehensive income (including the 
profit and loss account) of the parent company is not presented as part of these accounts. The profit of the parent company for the 
financial year amounted to £5,061,000 (2015: £5,683,000).

Audit fees
The Company has taken the exemption granted under SI 2008/489 not to disclose non-audit fees paid to its auditor.

Employees
Directors’ remuneration and details of their share-based payments are disclosed in the audited part of the directors’ remuneration 
report on page 85 and in notes 6 and 21 to the consolidated financial statements.

Investment properties
Investment properties are stated at cost less provision for impairment. Depreciation is charged annually at 1 per cent on a  
straight-line basis.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment.

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
The Company holds intercompany loans with subsidiary undertakings which are repayable on demand. None of these loans are past 
due nor impaired. The carrying value of these loans approximates their fair value.

Intercompany guarantees
Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other Group companies, the Company 
considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. In this respect the Company treats the guarantee 
contract as a contingent liability until such time it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment  under the 
guarantee.

133

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

2. Tangible fixed assets

Cost

At 1 April 2015

Additions

Disposals

At 31 March 2016

Depreciation

At 1 April 2015

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 March 2016

Net book value

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2015

Freehold
  and long  
leasehold 
land and 
buildings 
 £000

64,040

—

(275)

63,765

4,018

500

(12)

4,506

59,259

60,022

Fixtures, 
fittings 
and office 
equipment 
£000

Motor  
vehicles 
£000

—

339

—

339

—

5

—

5

334

—

19

14

—

33

19

—

—

19

14

—

Total
£000

64,059

353

(275)

64,137

4,037

505

(12)

4,530

59,607

60,022

The Company’s freehold and long leasehold land and buildings includes those which are occupied and used by some of the Company’s 
subsidiary undertakings (investment properties). The rental income from these assets in the current year was £504,000 (2015: 
£504,000), which is set at a rate only to cover certain of the costs of maintaining the properties.

3. Investments
In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, a full list of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associated undertakings, 
including their country of incorporation, as at 31 March 2016 is disclosed below. All of these had a reporting period ended 
31 March 2016, except where indicated.

Name of undertaking
100% owned by Severfield plc
Severfield (UK) Limited
Severfield (NI) Limited
Atlas Ward Holdings Limited
Watson Steel Structures Limited
Rowen Structures Limited
Steelcraft Erection Services Limited
Engineering Construction Training Limited
Severfield Reeve Properties Limited
Severfield Reeve Projects Limited
Severfield Reeve International Limited
Severfield Mauritius Limited
100% owned by Atlas Ward Holdings Limited
Severfield (Design & Build) Limited
Atlas Ward EBT Limited
100% owned by Severfield Reeve Projects Limited
Leeds 27 Limited
50% owned by Severfield plc
Composite Metal Flooring Limited*
50% owned by Severfield Mauritius Limited
JSW Severfield Structures Limited
25% owned by Severfield plc
Fabsec Limited*

*companies with a reporting period ended 31 December 2015.

134

Incorporated in

England and Wales
Northern Ireland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Mauritius

England and Wales
England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

India

England and Wales

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Company

3. Investments continued

Investment in subsidiaries

Investment in joint ventures

Investment in subsidiaries

Cost

At 1 April 2015

Liquidation of dormant companies

At 31 March 2016

Provision for impairment

At 1 April 2015 and 31 March 2016

Net book value

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2015

2016
£000

73,746

20,748

94,494

2015
£000

86,950

13,709

100,659

£000

107,150

(13,204)

93,946

20,200

73,746

86,950

During the year, the Company liquidated a dormant company resulting in a loss on disposal of £587,000, representing the historical 
investment in the company of £13,204,000 offset by the waiver of the associated intercompany creditor of £12,617,000.

Investment in joint ventures
In 2008 a formal agreement was signed in India with JSW Building Systems Limited (a subsidiary of JSW Steel Limited of India) to 
form a 50/50 joint venture, JSW Severfield Structures Limited, to create a structural steelwork business in Bellary and Mumbai, India, 
serving primarily the Indian market.

JSW Severfield Structures Limited is registered in India. During the year, the Company did not make any further indirect investments 
in the joint venture (2015: £1,700,000). The investment is carried in Severfield Mauritius Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the 
Company.

As a result of the loss of £319,000 recorded during the year, the Company’s investment in the Indian joint venture of £13,709,000 has 
been reviewed for impairment. The recoverable amount of the investment is determined from value in use calculations which are 
based on the following year’s budget, together with financial projections for 2017/18 to 2019/20. The calculations assume a long-term 
growth rate of 1.5 per cent (2015: 1.5 per cent) from 2020/21 onwards and a pre-tax discount rate of 10 per cent (2015: 10 per cent). 
Following this review, no impairment charge was recorded in the year ended 31 March 2016 (2015: £nil). Management considers that 
no reasonably possible change in the key assumptions would result in an impairment; however, the achievement of the forecasts is 
dependent on the move to a sustainable profit position.

On 16 November 2015, the Company completed its investment in a 50% share of CMF Limited which has been accounted for as a 
joint venture. The total consideration for the investment is £7,039,000, which consists of an initial payment of £4,126,000 (including 
transaction costs of £126,000), an additional payment of £413,000 (made in early 2016/17) following agreement of the final working 
capital position and a further £2,500,000 which is payable over the next five years subject to certain conditions.

Cost

At 1 April 2015

Additions

At 31 March 2016

£000

13,709

7,039

20,748

135

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

4. Debtors — amounts falling due within one year

Other debtors

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Amounts due from JVs and associates

Corporation tax recoverable

5. Creditors — amounts falling due within one year

Bank borrowings

Other creditors and accruals

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

Deferred tax liability (note 6)

2016
£000

1,191

40,835

101

683

42,810

2016
£000

—

9,687

74,981

4,521

89,189

2015
£000

1,202

45,321

—

1,571

48,094

2015
£000

3,864

4,266

87,352

5,425

100,907

In the prior year, borrowings represented an element of the Group’s revolving credit facility from HSBC Bank plc and Yorkshire Bank 
jointly as disclosed in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements. The facility is available until July 2019.

6. Deferred tax
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Company and movements thereon during the current 
and prior reporting period.

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax — movement for the year

At 1 April 2014

Current year credit

Credit to equity

At 1 April 2015

Current year credit

Credit to equity

Effect of change in tax rate

At 31 March 2016

2016
£000

(5,151)

630

(4,521)

Excess capital 
allowances
£000

Other timing 
differences
£000

(5,816)

52

—

(5,764)

62

—

551

(5,151)

107

93

139

339

284

31

(24)

630

2015
£000

(5,764)

339

(5,425)

Total
£000

(5,709)

145

139

(5,425)

346

31

527

(4,521)

The UK corporation tax rate is set to reduce from 20 per cent to 19 per cent with effect from 1 April 2017 and to 18 per cent with 
effect from 1 April 2020. As these changes were substantively enacted on 26 October 2015, they have been used to calculate closing 
deferred tax balances as appropriate.

136

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Our financials – Company

7. Contingent liabilities
The Company has provided an unlimited multilateral guarantee to secure any bank overdrafts and loans of all other Group companies. 
At 31 March 2016 these amounted to £nil (2015: £nil).

8. Transition to FRS 101 from UK GAAP
As stated in note 1, these are the Company’s first financial statements prepared in accordance with FRS 101.

The accounting policies set out in note 1 have been applied in preparing the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2016, 
the comparative information presented in these financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2015 and in the preparation of an 
opening FRS 101 balance sheet at 1 April 2014 (the Company’s date of transition).

In preparing its FRS 101 balance sheet, the Company has adjusted amounts reported previously in financial statements prepared in 
accordance with its old basis of accounting (‘UK GAAP’). An explanation of how the transition from UK GAAP to FRS 101 has affected 
the Company’s financial position and performance is set out in the following table and the accompanying notes.

Reconciliation of equity

Total equity under UK GAAP

Deferred tax on industrial buildings

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Total adjustment to equity

Total equity under FRS 101

1 April 
2014
£000

31 March 
2015
£000

107,513

113,616

(5,431)

—

(5,431)

(5,371)

138

(5,233)

102,082

108,383

The adjustments in the table above arise on the recalculation of deferred tax based on the approach required by IAS 12. The 
restatement of £5,233,000 of the 31 March 2015 balance represents a debit of £5,431,000 to retain earnings at 1 April 2014, a credit 
of £60,000 to the income statement for the year ended 31 March 2015 and a credit of £138,000 to other comprehensive income for 
the year ended 31 March 2015.

Reconciliation of profit for the year ended 31 March 2015

Amount under UK GAAP

Deferred tax adjustments

Amount under FRS 101

31 March 
2015
£000

5,623

60

5,683

Adjustment arises as a result of changes in the income tax expense from the recognition of deferred tax liabilities (see reconciliation of 
equity above).

137

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

ADDRESSES AND ADVISERS

Registered office and headquarters
Severfield plc
Severs House 
Dalton Airfield Industrial Estate 
Dalton, Thirsk 
North Yorkshire 
YO7 3JN

Operational businesses
Severfield (UK) Limited
Severs House  
Dalton Airfield Industrial Estate 
Dalton, Thirsk 
North Yorkshire 
YO7 3JN

Severfield (Design & Build) 
Limited
Ward House 
Sherburn 
Malton 
North Yorkshire 
YO17 8PZ

Severfield (NI) Limited
Fisher House 
Ballinamallard 
Enniskillen 
Co Fermanagh 
BT94 2FY

JSW Severfield Structures 
Limited
Office No. 302, Naman Centre 
3rd Floor, Plot No. C-31 
Bandra Kurla Complex 
Bharat Nagar, Bandra East 
Mumbai 400 051 
India

Composite Metal Flooring 
Limited
Unit 3 
Mamhilad Technology Park 
Old Abergavenny Road 
Mamhilad 
Monmouthshire, NP4 0JJ

Stockbrokers
Jefferies International Limited
Vintners Place 
68 Upper Thames Street 
London, EC4V 3BJ

Bankers
HSBC Bank plc
Maingate 
Kingsway North 
Team Valley Trading Estate 
Gateshead, NE11 0BE

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services PLC
PO Box 82 
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road 
Bristol, BS99 7NP

Yorkshire Bank
(part of CYBG plc) 
94 Albion Street 
Leeds, LS1 6AG

Advisers
Auditor
KMPG LLP
Chartered Accountants 
1 Sovereign Square 
Leeds, LS1 4DA

Solicitors
Ashurst LLP
Broadwalk House 
5 Appold Street 
London, EC2A 2HA

Public Relations
Bell Pottinger
6th Floor, Holborn Gate 
330 High Holborn 
London, WC1V 7QD

138

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2016

Shareholder notes

SHAREHOLDER NOTES

139

Severfield plc

www.severfield.com

Stock code: SFR

SHAREHOLDER NOTES

140

SEVERFIELD PLC
SEVERS HOUSE
DALTON AIRFIELD INDUSTRIAL ESTATE
DALTON, THIRSK
NORTH YORKSHIRE
YO7 3JN

TEL: (01845) 577896
FAX: (01845) 577411

WWW.SEVERFIELD.COM